52460 W O R L D B A N K W O R K I N G P A P E R N O . 1 8 4 Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations MiFID versus Corresponding U.S. Regulations Tanja Boskovic Caroline Cerruti Michel Noel THE WORLD BANK W O R L D B A N K W O R K I N G P A P E R N O . 1 8 4 Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations MiFID versus Corresponding U.S. Regulations Tanja Boskovic Caroline Cerruti Michel Noel Copyright © 2010 The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development / The World Bank 1818 H Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20433, U.S.A. All rights reserved Manufactured in the United States of America First Printing: December 2009 Printed on recycled paper 1234 12 11 10 09 World Bank Working Papers are published to communicate the results of the Bank's work to the development community with the least possible delay. The manuscript of this paper therefore has not been prepared in accordance with the procedures appropriate to formally edited texts. Some sources cited in this paper may be informal documents that are not readily available. The findings, interpretations, and conclusions expressed herein are those of the author(s) and do not necessarily reflect the views of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development/The World Bank and its affiliated organizations, or those of the Executive Directors of The World Bank or the governments they represent. The World Bank does not guarantee the accuracy of the data included in this work. The boundaries, colors, denominations, and other information shown on any map in this work do not imply any judgment on the part of The World Bank of the legal status of any territory or the endorsement or acceptance of such boundaries. The material in this publication is copyrighted. Copying and/or transmitting portions or all of this work without permission may be a violation of applicable law. The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development/The World Bank encourages dissemination of its work and will normally grant permission promptly to reproduce portions of the work. For permission to photocopy or reprint any part of this work, please send a request with complete information to the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, USA, Tel: 978 750 8400, Fax: 978 750 4470, www.copyright.com. All other queries on rights and licenses, including subsidiary rights, should be addressed to the Office of the Publisher, The World Bank, 1818 H Street NW, Washington, DC 20433, USA, Fax: 202 522 2422, email: pubrights@worldbank.org. ISBN: 978 0 8213 8253 0 eISBN: 978 0 8213 8254 7 ISSN: 1726 5878 DOI: 10.1596/978 0 8213 8253 0 Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data has been requested. Contents Acknowledgments ...................................................................................................................iv Acronyms and Abbreviations ................................................................................................. v Executive Summary..................................................................................................................vi Introduction................................................................................................................................ 1 1. Regulatory Framework and Oversight .............................................................................. 2 EU Securities Framework .................................................................................................. 2 U.S. Securities Framework................................................................................................. 3 2. Scope of the Securities Regulations................................................................................... 7 The EU Securities Regulations Focus on Investment Firms and Trading Venues ..... 7 The U.S. Securities Regulations Focus on Broker Dealers and Exchanges ................. 9 3. Objectives of the Securities Regulations in Europe and the United States.............. 14 Objectives of the EU Securities Regulations.................................................................. 14 Objectives of the U.S. Securities Regulations ................................................................ 15 4. Implementation of the Different Objectives.................................................................. 17 As Regards Competition/Fair and Orderly Markets.................................................... 17 As Regards Investors' Protection.................................................................................... 22 As Regards Price Discovery: Pre and Post Trade Transparency Requirements ...... 24 5. Post-Financial Crisis Lessons ............................................................................................... 29 Better Supervision of Large and Interconnected Financial Institutions .................... 29 Increase Market Transparency ........................................................................................ 30 Enhance Capital and Liquidity Requirements.............................................................. 30 6. Conclusion and Areas for Future Research ........................................................................ 33 Appendixes............................................................................................................................... 36 Technical Appendix 1: Pre and Post Trade Transparency Requirements, Europe and the United States ................................................................................................ 37 Technical Appendix 2: Detailed Comparative Analysis.............................................. 39 References............................................................................................................................... 172 iii Acknowledgments T his Report has been prepared by Tanja Boskovic, Caroline Cerruti, and Michel Noel (all World Bank). The authors thank Sophie Sirtaine (Sector Manager, ECSPF, World Bank) for her guidance and support. They thank the peer reviewers: Burçak Inel Martenczuk (Deputy Secretary General, Federation of European Securities Exchanges), Oliver Fratzscher (Senior Financial Economist, GCMSM, World Bank), and Tadashi Endo (Senior Financial Sector Specialist, GCMSM, World Bank) for agreeing to provide comments on the report. The authors are grateful to John Pollner (Lead Financial Officer, ECSPF, World Bank), Luca Fossati (Policy Adviser, Securities Markets Policy and Company Law, Federation of European Securities Exchanges), Rosa Armesto (Economics and Statistics Adviser, Federation of European Securities Exchanges), Thomas Gira (Executive Vice President, FINRA), and Jon Kroeper (Senior Vice President, FINRA) for their valuable inputs. All errors and omissions are authors' alone. The authors' views expressed in this publication do not necessarily reflect the views of the World Bank or any of its affiliates. iv Acronyms and Abbreviations AML Anti Money Laundering ATS Alternative Trading System BIS Bank for International Settlements CAR Capital Adequacy Requirement CDS Credit Default Swaps CESR Committee of European Securities Regulators CFTC Commodity Futures Trading Commission DJIA Dow Jones Industrial Average ECN Electronic Communication Network EU European Union EC European Commission FESE Federation of European Securities Exchanges FHC Financial Holding Companies FINRA Financial Industry Regulatory Authority FRB Federal Reserve Board FSAP Financial Services Action Plan IOSCO International Organization of Securities Commission ISD Investment Services Directive MiFID Market in Financial Instruments Directive 2004/39/EC MTF Multilateral Trading Facility NASD National Association of Securities Dealers NASDAQ National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations NMS National Market System NYSE New York Stock Exchange OTC Over the Counter Reg ATS Regulation Alternative Trading Systems Reg NMS Regulation National Market System RM Regulated Market SEC Securities and Exchange Commission SI Systematic Internalizer SRO Self Regulatory Organization TRACE Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine UCITS Undertaking for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities v Executive Summary T he purpose of this paper is to compare the EU and U.S. securities regulations. In November 2007, the Market in Financial Instruments Directive 2004/39/EC (MiFID) came into force in the EU, and brought about deep changes in the market infrastructure. The same year Regulation NMS in the United States was fully enacted and reformed equities markets. This study compares MiFID with the corresponding U.S. regulations, and primarily focuses on the regulatory and supervisory framework, trading venues, and the provision of investment services. Implementation of the rules, enforcement, and right to redress are beyond the scope of this paper. Likewise, the paper does not intend to judge the effectiveness of the two regulatory systems. The international financial crisis evidenced some gaps in securities regulations. Main issues have focused on the imperfect oversight of large interconnected institutions, the low transparency of OTC markets, especially derivatives, and the insufficient liquidity and capital across financial institutions. Regulators on both sides have announced plans to address them: A better supervision of large and interconnected institutions: Under the U.S. regulatory reform plans, the Federal Reserve would have the power to conduct consolidated supervision and regulation of all large interconnected financial firms. These firms will be subject to the non financial activities restrictions of the Bank Holding Company Act, regardless of whether they own insured depositary institutions. In the EU, a Systemic Risk Council would be established to identify systemic risks to the financial system, and the European System of Financial Supervisors would enhance the supervision of cross border institutions. One substantial difference remains the plan to separate financial and commercial activities in the United States, while this is not currently considered in Europe. Increase market transparency: In the United States, the Treasury unveiled a comprehensive reform of OTC derivatives in May 2009: all "standardized" OTC derivatives would be cleared, dealers and firms who create large exposures to counterparties would be subject to tough regulation (with conservative capital requirements, business conduct standards, margin requirements), and un cleared trades would be reported to a regulated trade repository. The EU Commission is examining several courses of action for OTC derivatives: standardization, central data repository, central counterparty clearing and moving trading to more public venues. In both regions, there is a risk of adding carve outs to the regulation of derivatives as industrial firms claim that the clearing would incur significant costs. As regards OTC equity markets, the SEC and CESR are currently investigating whether dark pools should be subject to stricter regulation. Enhance capital and liquidity requirements: The U.S. draft systemic risk legislation proposes to raise capital and risk management requirements for all vi Executive Summary vii Financial Holding Companies. In the EU a comprehensive reform of the Capital Requirement Directives is currently under review. Both approaches consider stricter capital requirements to address the exposure to securitized products. The paper argues that rules in the current securities regulations may differ on both sides of the Atlantic, but objectives and some of the outcomes are comparable. Differences are related to: The scope of trading venues: MiFID is not currently applied to dark pools, while in the United States, dark pools are considered as ATS and register as broker dealers. They have to make their quotes available to the public above a certain trading volume threshold. EU regulators have more discretion in authorizing investment firms and intervening in their management since they can judge whether the managers of investment firms or Regulated Markets are sufficiently experienced and reputable, while the U.S. regulator can only control their reputation and competences. The EU regulations go one step further in allowing supervisors to control the integrity of ultimate controllers of Regulated Markets regardless of their ownership, while the U.S. rules generally base the notion of control on ownership. Organizational requirements are broader in scope for exchanges in the United States and focus on disciplinary powers, which is explained by the self regulatory role of exchanges in the United States versus a more limited role in the EU. Capital requirements are risk based in the EU and based on the concept of maintaining a highly liquid core of capital in the United States. The mitigation of conflicts of interest is a broad and general obligation for investment firms in Europe while it is focused on more specific situations in the United States. Investor protection rules in Europe are two tiered between retail and professional investors (client categorization is binding), while the U.S. regulatory scheme protects all investors, with some carve outs for institutional investors. Best execution in the United States covers a number of factors, with price being typically the most important; in Europe price is one factor among others to assess whether the client has obtained the best possible result for the execution of its trade. Data consolidation on equity trades: in the United States, quotes and transaction data reported by national exchanges and associations are consolidated into a single system and disseminated to market participants, whereas in Europe, quotes and trades are fragmented between multiple trading venues and no consolidation is required. However, the objectives of the securities regulations are similar, and some outcomes are comparable: viii Executive Summary Both regulatory systems aim to maintain fair and orderly markets, protect investors, and provide price transparency. Equity securities are subject to more scrutiny and transparency requirements than bonds or derivatives. In the two regions, pre and post trade transparency requirements apply to equities while there is no or limited transparency regime for derivatives and bonds. Investor protection regimes are broad and offer better protection to individual investors, whether the rules to achieve such protection are strictly tiered or not. Competition has increased in Europe, but trading has become more fragmented and liquidity has moved from exchanges, raising the concern of "fragmented liquidity" that led inter alia to the adoption of Reg NMS in the United States. In both regions consolidation between exchanges stepped up and it seems that an increasing share of equity trading moved to dark pools. There are concerns on both sides regarding the fragmentation of oversight. The U.S. SEC does not oversee futures and government bonds; it shares supervisory responsibility with the banking supervisors which oversee commercial banks dealing with securities. In Europe, MiFID is implemented by 27 national supervisors which may lead to different interpretations. A discussion on the outcomes cannot really be achieved without looking at the implementation of the securities regulations. Thus, the study suggests some directions for future research: Assess enforcement on both sides, at the SEC and SRO level in the United States, and at the level of the 27 supervisors in the EU; Deepen the knowledge of dark pools on both sides and examine how to improve disclosure and price discovery; In Europe in particular, examine ways to achieve quotes and trades consolidation. Introduction T his paper aims to compare the European Union (EU) and U.S. securities regulations. In November 2007, the Market in Financial Instruments Directive 2004/39/EC (MiFID) came into force in the EU and unleashed competition in European securities markets. The same year came into force in the United States the Regulation NMS (Reg NMS) which was designed to foster competition among individual equities markets and orders. This study compares MiFID with the corresponding U.S. regulations, and primarily focuses on the regulatory and supervisory framework, trading venues, and the provision of investment services. The implementation of the rules, enforcement, and right to redress are beyond the scope of this study. Likewise, the paper does not intend to judge the effectiveness of the two regulatory systems. In recent months, the international financial crisis has revealed gaps in securities regulations. Main issues have focused on the imperfect oversight of large interconnected institutions, the low transparency of OTC markets, especially derivatives, and the insufficient liquidity and capital across financial institutions. As regulators have announced plans to address those issues, a comparison of the securities regulations in Europe and the United States helps to understand where we are coming from. The paper focuses on the 2004/39/EC MiFID Directive and its two implementing legislations in Europe; in the United States, it mostly encompasses the 1934 Securities Exchange Act, the FINRA rules and the Reg NMS. The U.S. framework is characterized by a powerful supervisor and important powers assigned to self regulatory organizations. In the EU, legislation is more recent and unified and characterized by the absence of a supra national supervisor; self regulatory organizations have more limited powers. The study looks at the regulatory frameworks in the EU and United States, the scope and objectives of securities regulations, the rules implementing the different objectives, and draws some crisis related lessons. 1 CHAPTER 1 Regulatory Framework and Oversight A t a glance, one difference between the EU and U.S. securities regulations is the existence of a unified regulation in the EU under MiFID while in the United States, several regulations and oversight bodies co exist: the federal level, the state level, and the industry (so called "Self Regulatory Organizations"--SROs--in the 1934 Securities Exchange Act). The EU securities framework is relatively close to the United States: MiFID being a Directive, it had to be transposed and its implementation may vary from country to country despite harmonization efforts by the Committee of European Securities Regulators (CESR). Each member state has its own securities supervisor. And exchanges in Europe enact their own rules for their members as do SROs in the United States. Historically, securities regulation has moved from the state level (member state in the EU) to the federal level (EU institutions level) in both places. A significant difference is however the existence of a powerful federal securities supervisor in the United States versus none in the EU as of now. Under the EU Commission communication on reforming financial regulation broadly endorsed by the EU Council of Ministers on June 19, 2009,1 CESR would be given legal personality and would have powers on its own, but these would be in specific areas (for example, settling disputes between national supervisors). The power of the SEC is also limited as it does not oversee commodity derivatives and government bonds, and it shares supervisory responsibility with banking supervisors over commercial banks dealing with securities. EU Securities Framework The MiFID Directive 2004/39/EC provides a unified framework for securities: it encompasses investment firms, Multilateral Trading Facilities (MTF), Regulated Markets (ie exchanges) and financial instruments (transferable securities,2 money market instruments, units in collective investment undertakings and derivatives, excluding bonds and securitized debt). The Directive, referred to as "Level 1" due to its mode of adoption jointly by the EU Parliament and the Council, sets the principles. It needs to be transposed. It is complemented by "Level 2" texts which consist of implementing measures. They have been adopted by the member states without involving the EU Parliament: Directive 2006/73/EC which needs to be transposed, and Commission Regulation 1287/2006 applicable in the member states without transposition.3 2 Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 3 Though a unified framework, MiFID had to be implemented by 27 national legislators and its oversight is conducted by national supervisors. So the EU regulatory framework for securities offers in reality as much diversity as the U.S. framework, albeit without a supra national supervisor as to date. It has to be noted that MiFID is complemented by the Prospectus and Transparency Directives for the disclosure requirements of public companies.4 By comparison to the United States, the rule making powers given to regulated exchanges by MiFID are more limited, and they are focused on the provision of fair and orderly trading, the admission of financial instruments to trading, and the access to the regulated exchanges (articles 39, 40 and 42 of the MiFID Directive). EU regulated exchanges do not have any powers to regulate the behaviour of investment firms that are their members, either in client facing areas (such as best execution, information or investment advice) or market facing areas (such as transparency for orders executed off exchange). Regulated exchanges have limited powers even vis à vis their issuers, who obtain the generic right to be admitted to trading on a Regulated Market by filing their prospectus with their supervisor. U.S. Securities Framework The U.S. securities regulations and oversight are organised in three different layers: 1. Federal laws and a federal regulator, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC is responsible for protecting investors and maintaining the integrity of securities markets. Several federal statutes regulate securities, and the historical trend has been to shift powers away from the states to the federal level (see table 1.1). The SEC may issue rules interpreting the securities laws passed by Congress (for example, Reg ATS for Alternative Trading Systems, Reg NMS for equity markets). The SEC also reviews any rules proposed by SROs and has final say over whether those rules are consistent with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Nonetheless, there are limitations to the SEC's oversight: the SEC does not regulate the primary government bond market (Treasury and FED oversight as government securities are exempt from securities registration) but it oversees the secondary market; it does not regulate commodity futures and options (Commodity Futures Trading Commission oversight),5 and it has only limited oversight over the OTC derivative market. Municipal bonds are dealt with by a SRO under the oversight of the SEC (see below).6 The SEC also does not regulate sales of securities by commercial banks (banking regulators oversight): they can act as securities broker and dealers without having to register with the SEC under limited exemptions permitted by the Gramm Leach Bliley Act (GLB Act, see infra). 2. States laws and regulators: In the United States, states register and supervise broker dealers and investment advisers that are not registered with the SEC, including investment advisers managing less than US$25 million. They are pre empted by and must rely on the SEC rules (Section 15(h) of the Exchange Act). They tend to focus on combating fraud within their borders, and they track complaints. State law enforcers can pursue criminal prosecutions, while 4 World Bank Working Paper the SEC is limited to civil and administrative actions and referring criminal matters to the Justice Department. So individual states often collaborate with the SEC and self regulatory organizations (SROs) to regulate the securities industry within state borders. 3. Self Regulatory Organizations: they set rules and supervise business practices for their members. Their rules supplement the SEC's rules and federal laws, although they may differ in specifics and emphasis. Any rules that SROs adopt must be reviewed and, in some cases, approved by the SEC, which has ultimate authority over them. Examples of SROs include national exchanges (such as the NYSE, Chicago Climate Exchange, Nasdaq Stock Market), and national securities associations (the current one of which, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) was created in 2007 as a result of a merger between the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) and the regulation, enforcement and arbitration functions of the NYSE). For municipal bonds, a specific SRO called the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board is responsible for adopting investor protection rules governing broker dealers and banks that underwrite, trade, and sell tax exempt bonds, college savings plans and other types of municipal securities. In sum, the United States securities framework is tiered. The SEC oversees the SROs, which are required to enforce the federal securities laws. Generally the SROs have first line supervisory responsibility. However, in all cases, the SEC retains direct authority over brokers and dealers. The states also have oversight over brokers and dealers in some cases (capital, books and records, margin), but they are pre empted and must rely on the SEC rules. There is nonetheless fragmentation of oversight between the SEC and the banking supervisors as regards commercial banks dealing with securities. The GLB Act repealed the blanket exemption banks had enjoyed from the definition of broker, and replaced it with a set of limited exemptions. Any securities activities that fall outside of the exceptions may no longer be handled directly in the bank, but rather must be pushed out into a SEC supervised securities affiliate of the bank.7 U.S. securities laws and regulations are numerous, and were adopted mainly in reaction to catalytic events (1929 crash, 2001 Enron scandal) and the technological evolution of markets (Reg NMS). Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 5 Table 1.1: Overview of Federal Securities Laws and Regulations 1933 Securities Act It stems from the 1929 crash when the DJIA fell by nearly 30% in 6 days in October. Before that, "Securities Act" policy makers were divided as to whether federal regulation was needed for securities, some states argued that inconsistency and limitations in state laws left investors vulnerable while others took the view that federal regulation would curb the development of the stock market. Only after the crash and the ensuing depression did the federal view prevail. First federal text to regulate securities; it regulates new offering of securities and prohibits fraud. It pursues a disclosure-based approach to regulation (companies must disclose material information related to their business and finances before issuing securities) with a view that fair disclosure creates a level-playing field for investors. This contrasts with earlier state laws which could prohibit the sale of investment products on the basis of merit. 1934 Securities and It creates the SEC, regulates the buying and trading of existing securities and makes insider Exchange Act trading a crime. "Exchange Act" 1938 Maloney Act It amends the 1934 Securities Exchange Act by authorizing the creation and registration of national securities associations which would supervise their members under the oversight of the SEC. It led to the creation of the NASD in 1939. 1940 Investment It extends the fair disclosure requirement to mutual funds and investment unit trusts: they are Companies Act required to publish information on their finances, fee structure, and investment policies. The EU "1940 Act" counterpart of this act would be the Undertaking for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities (UCITS) Directives. 1940 Investment Advisers It requires persons or firms that receive a fee for securities advice to register as investment Act advisers. 1956 Uniform Securities It sets uniform standards for the registration of securities, broker-dealers and investments Act "USA" advisers, in line with federal laws. States are not required to pass the Act although 40 have adopted some version of it. 1970 Bank Secrecy Act It establishes the U.S. anti-money laundering regime 1996 National Securities First federal law to limit states' powers to regulate securities. Despite the Uniform Securities Act, Market Improvement Act duplication agencies efforts and inconsistencies remained a major problem. The Act excludes from state registration securities such as exchange-listed securities and mutual funds shares. 1998 Regulation ATS It regulates Alternative Trading Systems, and requires them to register as either exchanges or "Reg ATS" broker-dealers. 1999 Gramm-Leach- It repeals part of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933 and allows commercial banks, investment Bliley Act or Financial banks, securities firms and investment companies to consolidate. It also repeals the blanket Modernization Act, "GLB exemption banks had enjoyed from the registration as broker-dealer if they provided securities Act" services, and replaced it by a set of limited exemptions. 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act It mandates new corporate governance and accounting requirements for public companies, in "Sarbanes-Oxley" response to several corporate scandals. 2005 Regulation NMS Promulgated by the SEC, it is designed to strengthen the national market system for equity "Reg NMS" securities created in 1975 (common structure to settle equity transactions in real time) in response to technological changes. It consists of four different rules: -"Order Protection Rule" (also known as "trade-through rule") requires trading centres to establish and enforce written policies designed to prevent the execution of trades at prices inferior to protected quotations displayed by automated trading centres. -"Access Rule" requires fair and non-discriminatory access to quotations, establishes a limit on access fees to harmonize the pricing of quotations across different trading centers, and require each national securities exchange and association to adopt and enforce rules that prohibit their members from displaying quotations that lock or cross automated quotations. - "Sub-Penny Rule" prohibits market participants from accepting, ranking, or displaying orders, quotations, or indications of interest in a pricing increment smaller than a penny, except for orders priced at less than $1.00 per share. - "Market Data Rules" update the requirements for consolidating, distributing, and displaying market information. Sources: www.pathtoinvesting.org; www.sec.org. 6 World Bank Working Paper The federal rules most comparable to MiFID are the 1934 Securities Exchange Act, the 1998 Reg ATS and the 2005 Reg NMS (for equities only). They are complemented by SRO rules from NYSE and NASD, being merged into the FINRA rules.8 Oversight of the U.S. exchanges (NYSE Euronext, Nasdaq, American Stock Exchange, International Securities Exchange and Chicago Climate Exchange) is carried out by the SEC, while trading in the off exchange securities markets is overseen by the SEC and FINRA. FINRA's disciplinary action is subject to appeal to the SEC (Section 19(d)(2) of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act). The tiered supervisory structure may result in regulatory overlaps in some instances. For example on margin requirements, the initial requirement for buying securities in a margin account is set by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but once the investor buys on margin, the ongoing margin requirements are set by FINRA, and the investor's brokerage firm. There do not seem to be overlap in the MiFID regulations since the national supervisors are primarily responsible for oversight and enforcement, but there is a risk of differing interpretations from supervisors. This is well identified and CESR has been tasked with harmonizing national supervisors' implementation of MiFID. Notes 1 Communication from the European Commission, European Financial Supervision, COM(2009) 232, 27 May 2009. Council of the European Union 18/19 June, Presidency Conclusions, 19 June 2009. 2 Securities negotiable on the capital markets with the exception of instruments of payment such as shares in partnerships and depositary receipts, bonds and securitized debt, other securities giving rise to a cash settlement determined by reference to other transferable securities, currencies, interest rates, commodities. 3 Directive 2006/73/EC of 10 August 2006 implementing Directive 2004/39/EC of the European Parliament and the Council as regards organizational requirements and operating conditions for investment firms and defined terms for the purpose of that Directive. Commission Regulation 1287/2006 of 10 August 2006 implementing Directive 2004/39/EC as regards record keeping obligations for investment firms, transaction reporting, market transparency, admission of financial instruments to trading, and defined terms for the purpose of that Directive. 4 Directive 2003/71/EC of 4 November 2003 on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading (so called "Prospectus Directive") and Directive 2004/109/EC of 15 December 2004 on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a Regulated Market (so called "Transparency Directive"). 5 The SEC and the CFTC have joint jurisdiction over security futures (futures contracts based on securities), therefore firms that engage in activities involving this instrument must register with the SEC and the CFTC. 6 Nonetheless, municipal securities dealers and government securities broker and dealers have to register with the SEC pursuant section 15B and 15C of the Exchange Act. 7 Sec, Final Rules to implement the Bank "Broker" Provisions of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act http://www.sec.gov/news/press/2007/2007 198.htm 8 As a result, several NASD rules remain, for example on suitability (NASD 2310) and best execution (NASD 2320). CHAPTER 2 Scope of the Securities Regulations T he MiFID encompasses investment firms, Regulated Markets, and MTF. It regulates investment advice as a service requiring authorization. The U.S. regulations focus on brokers and dealers and exchanges, which are respectively the "investment firms" and the "Regulated Markets" in the sense of the MiFID.1 The main difference between the two regulations is that dark pools are not explicitly captured by the MiFID (the Directive is not currently applied to them) whereas they are considered as ATS in the United States and are registered as broker and dealers. They however do not display public quotes if they are below a certain trading volume threshold. Hedge fund managers are partially captured by both regulations. In Europe, if they deal with transferable securities, hedge fund managers would be considered as investment firms but would not have to apply all the requirements of the MiFID Directive if they only had professional clients. In the United States, hedge funds managers have to register as investment advisers, but can benefit from waivers if they deal with qualified investors. Some hedge funds may also have to register with the SEC as brokers and dealers. Traditionally the SEC has distinguished "dealers" from "traders":2 if hedge funds place quotations on both sides of the market, are known as a source of liquidity, and are a supplier of securities, they would be considered dealers. Finally, some managers or consultants of hedge funds may have to register with the SEC as brokers, if they participate in a meaningful way in any of the key phases of a securities transaction (for example, receipt of transaction related compensation, solicitation of securities transactions and handling of funds and securities). The outcome of both regulations, focusing either on investment firms or brokers/dealers, seems nonetheless similar: the advice, brokerage, dealing in securities has to be authorized/registered, and transparent so as to ensure investors' protection. The EU Securities Regulations Focus on Investment Firms and Trading Venues Article 1 of the MiFID Directive states: "this Directive shall apply to investment firms and Regulated Markets." The Level 1 Directive encompasses three main concepts: 7 8 World Bank Working Paper 1. Investment firm: Any legal person whose regular occupation or business is the provision of investment services to third parties and/or the performance of one or more investment activities on a professional basis. Member states may include under this definition undertakings which are not legal persons, provided that (i) their legal status ensures a level of protection for third parties interest equivalent to that afforded by legal persons; and (ii) they are subject to equivalent prudential supervisions appropriate to their legal form. They can be systematic internalizers (SI), which on an organized, frequent, and systematic basis deal on own account by executing client orders outside a Regulated Market or MTF. Concretely, investment firms declare themselves SI for selected equities (self certification regime), and route most orders to other trading venues including their own platform. SI are associated with the trading in shares and regulated under article 27 of the MiFID Directive. 2. Multilateral Trading Facility (MTF) is a multilateral system operated by an investment firm or a market operator, which brings together multiple third party buying and selling interests in financial instruments--in the system and in accordance to non discretionary rules. There are basically alternative trading platforms to exchanges, often created by banks to process their trades such as Turquoise as regards equities. The MTF concept is similar to the Alternative Trading Systems (ATS) widely developed in the United States (see Section 2.2). 3. Regulated Market (RM) is a multilateral system (i) operated and/or managed by a market operator, (ii) which brings together multiple third party buying and selling interests in financial instruments--in the system and in accordance with its discretionary rules--in a way that results in a contract in respect to the financial instruments admitted to trading under its rules and/or systems and (iii) which is authorized and functions regularly. RMs correspond to the major exchanges in the EU, but not all exchanges are RMs, some of them are regulated as MTFs. The main difference between a RM and a MTF remains the non application of the Prospectus Directive (2003/71/EC), the Transparency Directive (2004/109/EC) and subsequently the IFRS to MTFs. MiFID regulations seek to capture the execution of trading in securities irrespective of the trading methods used to conclude those transactions: thus, Regulated Markets, MTF, and systematic internalizers are all subject to transparency requirements albeit to a varying degree (waivers exist for MTF and systematic internalizers in the case of large or illiquid transactions). However, some trading venues such as dark pools are not currently captured by MiFID, although they account for a substantial amount of trading volume (up to 40 percent by some estimates). Dark pools of liquidity are trading facilities which match anonymously large and small orders. In Europe, they may be classified in two categories: (i) dark pools operated by broker dealers or investment banks, also called "crossing networks" and (ii) dark pools operated as MTFs. Crossing networks of the first category do not have to comply with MiFID pre trade transparency requirements, and with other rules imposed on RMs and MTFs such as the obligation to treat investors equally, to provide fair access to the trading platform and market surveillance, and to operate a non Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 9 discretionary execution system. Dark pools operated as MTFs of the second category are regulated, but they benefit from some pre trade transparency waivers permitted by the MiFID Level 2 Regulation (market model, large orders).3 However in all cases, investment firms responsible for executing the order on behalf of a client will need to decide whether the submission to a dark pool complies with the order handling and best execution obligations to which they are subject.4 There is an active public debate going on in Europe as to crossing networks should be regulated as MTFs. Exchanges and MTFs argue that the fact they operate outside the MiFID Directive gives them an unfair commercial advantage. Conversely, investment banks argue that their crossing networks are merely an automation of OTC services that they have always carried out to facilitate clients' orders.5 CESR is looking at this issue and is expected to deliver a supervisory guidance in the coming months. The MiFID review by the EU Commission expected to be launched at the end of 2009 will address this issue as well. Table 2.1 attempts to shed light on the "dark" concept. It is important to note that several types of dark pools exist, and that the distinction with exchanges and MTF is becoming more blurry since exchanges and MTF have established their own dark pools of liquidity in recent years. As regards the MiFID's scope on financial instruments: Some dispositions are applied differently depending on the instruments and the trading venues. Certain MiFID obligations only apply to financial instruments admitted to trading on a RM. There are no pre and post trade transparency requirements for bonds, securitized debt and derivatives; however the duty of best execution applies to all instruments including bonds; there is no obligation of transaction reporting for securities that are not admitted to trading on a Regulated Market; exemptions to the appropriateness test are possible for non complex products but not for bonds or securitized debt that embed a derivative. The U.S. Securities Regulations Focus on Broker-Dealers and Exchanges The 1934 Securities Exchange Act regulates the registration, operations and integrity of brokers and dealers. At the SRO level, the FINRA rules control the organisation and business conduct of brokers and dealers (with concepts such as investment suitability and best execution). In the United States, brokers and dealers are the "investment firms." The broker dealer concept is nonetheless broader than the MiFID "investment firms": alternative trading platforms such as dark pools or Electronic Communication Networks (ECNs) register with the SEC as broker dealers. The 1998 SEC regulation on Alternative Trading Systems (Reg ATS) requires ATS to register as broker dealers, exchanges (if they have self regulatory powers or trade above a certain market volume),6 or to respect minimum requirements if they represent less than 5 percent of the trading volume for any given security they trade.7 If an ATS accounts for more than 5 percent of the average daily volume in a security over four of the preceding six months, it (i) must establish written standards for granting access to trading on its system, and (ii) must not unreasonably prohibit or limit any person in respect to access to services offered by such system by applying these written standards in an unfair or discriminatory manner.8 10 World Bank Working Paper Table 2.1: The "Dark" Concept Definition and Concept Example EU regulation U.S. regulation Dark pool Trading venue Two types of dark pools: a) Dark pools are considered that provides dark pools operated by as ATS and register as liquidity that is not broker-dealers also called brokers and dealers. displayed on crossing networks, which order books. are unregulated and are not However, most of them do subject to pre-trade not display public quotes, transparency requirements; because they represent less b) dark pools operated as than 5 percent of the trading MTFs, which do benefit volume in any security they from pre-trade transparency trade, or because they may waivers but have to comply have obtained an with other MTF rules. exemption from the 5 percent rule (for example, There is however a post- Liquidnet). Nevertheless, trade transparency they must promptly report requirement for equities trades over 100 shares. traded on dark pools: investment firms are required to report transactions in public shares carried out outside a Regulated Market or a MTF. Independent For example, Most are regulated as MTF They are considered as dark pools Liquidnet Instinet, in Europe. ATS Posit, Euro- Millenium Broker-dealer Dark pool usually Investment banks do not They are considered as dark pool operated by an need to apply for a waiver ATS (crossing investment bank from MiFID's pre-trade network) for example, transparency obligations as Credit Suisse long as the platform is not cross finder registered as a MTF. MTF dark Dark pool owned MTFs apply to their They are considered as pool by a MTF in supervisor for a waiver from ATS Europe. For MiFID's pre-trade example: transparency obligations Turquoise's dark pool Exchange Dark pool owned Exchanges apply to their They are considered as owned dark by a Regulated supervisor for a waiver from ATS pool Market. For MiFID's pre-trade example: Baikal, transparency obligations the London Stock Exchange's dark pool and Neuro Dark NASDAQ- OMX's dark pool Source: CESR, MiFID Directive, Reg ATS. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 11 Dark pools are regulated in the United States under Reg ATS and register as broker dealers. As most of them are below the 5 percent threshold or have obtained exemptions (for example, Liquidnet),9 they do not display quotes in the public data stream but they must promptly report their executed trades to the public. However, the trade report does not identify the particular pool responsible for the trade, which makes it difficult to assess the liquidity in a particular stock. As dark pools have strongly developed in the past year, there is also a debate in the United States as to whether more regulation on those pools is needed.10 The MiFID concept of systematic internalizer for equity trades is not regulated as such in the United States. Internalization within a broker dealer would be considered as OTC trade, unless the trade is printed on an exchange. As regard the instruments, the U.S. rules are similar to MiFID in the sense that bonds, securitized debt and derivatives do not bear pre and post transparency requirements (there are some exceptions: corporate and municipal bonds benefit from post trade transparency in the United States). On national securities exchanges, traded securities must be registered, which is similar to MiFID article 40, admission of financial instruments to trading. The following tables summarize the scope of EU and U.S. securities regulations, and give an overview of the market share of each trading venues. It seems that since the start of the global financial crisis, the share of OTC equity trading (including dark pools) in Europe has significantly increased, mainly as a result of declining trading volumes at regulated exchanges.11 Tables 2.3 and 2.4 illustrate the sheer difficulty to measure precisely the trading market share of dark pools given their multiple facets. In Europe they are included in the OTC trading without the possibility to differentiate dark pools from other OTC. In the United States, OTC and ATS are grouped together, but there are independent estimates of the market share of dark pools in equities trading at around 7­9 percent, accounted for about 40 dark pools.12 Table 2.2: Scope of EU and U.S. Securities Regulations MiFID U.S. Securities Regulations Investment Firms (IF) Brokers and Dealers Systematic Internalizers (SI) No concept of Systematic Internalizer Multilateral Trading Facilities (MTF) Alternative Trading Systems (ATS) Regulated Markets (RM) Exchanges Key provisions of MiFID are not applied to dark Dark pools regulated under Reg ATS but they pools unless they are set up as MTFs; thus they may be exempted from pre-trade transparency do not apply to crossing networks requirements if below a certain volume threshold Some dispositions applied differently depending Some dispositions applied differently depending on financial instruments (for example, on financial instruments (for example, transparency requirements) transparency requirements) 12 World Bank Working Paper Table 4: Market Shares of Trading Venues by Type of Financial Instrument EU (MiFID) Equities Fixed Income Derivatives Regulated Markets 49.0% 5.0% 20% MTF 8.0% 3.1% 0% OTC including dark pools 41.0% 89.2% 80% SI (for equities only) 2.0% NA NA Other 0.0% 2.7% United States Equities Fixed Income Derivatives Exchanges 64.2% <1% 20% OTC (including ATS/dark pools) 35.8% >99% 80% Source: FESE, Xtrakter (http://www.xtrakter.com/ye2008fi.aspx), FINRA, European Commission and BIS (for Derivatives). EU Equities trading as of May 2009, fixed income as of Dec. 2008. U.S. equities as of July 2009 in exchange listed stocks, fixed income as of July 2009 (TRACE). Notes 1 The U.S. regulations define brokers and dealers as follows: a broker is any person engaged in the business of effecting transactions in securities for the account of others; a dealer is any person that is engaged in the business of buying and selling securities for its own account (Exchange Act section 3 (a) (4)(5)). 2 A trader is a person that buys and sells securities not as part of a regular business and is not registered with the SEC. 3 There are four types of pre trade transparency waivers: (i) systems based on a trading methodology by which the price is determined with a reference price generated by another system (reference waiver price); (ii) systems that formalize negotiated transactions (negotiated trade waiver); (iii) orders that are held in an order management facility maintained by the Regulated Market or MTF pending their being disclosed to the market (order management facility waiver); (iv) orders that are large in scale compared with normal market size (large in scale waiver). Source: CESR, Impact of MiFID on equity secondary markets functioning, 10 June 2009. 4 CESR, Questions and Answers on MiFID, May 2009. 5 Complinet, CESR will investigate exchanges' MiFID level playing field concern about crossing networks, 12 June 2009. 6 Reg ATS introduction part C: "any system exercising self regulatory powers, such as regulating its members' conduct when engaged in activities outside of that trading system must register as an exchange or be operated by a national securities association". "In addition, the Commission can determine that a dominant alternative trading system should be registered as an exchange. It would first have to exceed certain volume levels (...)". 7 They only have to file with the SEC a notice of operation and quarterly reports, maintain records, and refrain from using the words "exchanges" or "stock market". Source: Reg ATS introduction part C. 8 "Fair Access Rule" of Reg ATS amended by Reg NMS, 17 CFR 242.301(b)(5)(ii)(B). SEC, Order Granting Exemption to Liquidnet, Inc. from Certain Provisions of Regulation ATS under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, September 27, 2005. 9 SEC, ibid. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 13 10 SEC, Speech by SEC Chairman, remarks at the IOSCO Technical Committee Conference, October 8, 2009. Wall Street Journal, NYSE Executives: More regulation of dark pools needed, May 19, 2009. 11 Source: FESE. The market share of OTC venues in equity trading in Europe has increased from 26 percent in October 2008 to 41 percent in May 2009. 12 Rosenblatt Securities estimates the market share of dark pools in U.S. listed stocks at 8.9 percent in December 2008. According to Tabb Group, this market share was 7.14 percent in April 2009. CHAPTER 3 Objectives of the Securities Regulations in Europe and the United States S ecurities regulations in the EU and United States have a similar emphasis on investor protection, fair and orderly markets, and price transparency, which is viewed in the United States as a tool to achieve both investor protection and fair and orderly markets. Such similarities are in line with the 2003 IOSCO Core Principles of Securities Regulation.1 Harmonization is also an important goal in Europe for institutional reasons, but it has no equivalent in the United States, since state powers in securities regulation are pre empted by and must rely on the SEC rules (Section 15(h) of the Exchange Act). Objectives of the EU Securities Regulations The introductory part of the 2004/39/EC Directive mentions three objectives: "it is necessary to provide for the degree of harmonization needed to offer investors a high level of protection and to allow investment firms to provide services throughout the Community." Enhance competition in the single market: the 1986 Single European Act intends to create "an area without internal frontiers in which the free movement of goods, persons, services and capital is ensured." The 1999 Financial Services Action Plan (FSAP) aims to establish a single wholesale financial market and to open and secure retail financial markets in the EU. MiFID is a key component of the FSAP. Compared to its predecessor, the 1993 Investment Services Directive (ISD), it abolishes the concentration rule in which member states could require investment firms to route clients' orders to domestic Regulated Markets, preventing competition between national exchanges and alternative trading venues. In addition, MiFID establishes a "full passport," enabling investment firms, once authorized and supervised in a member state, to offer their services in another member state without further authorization from the host state. This implies mutual recognition. Protect investors depending on their characteristics: MiFID distinguishes between retail clients, professional clients (defined as having the experience, knowledge and expertise to make their own investment decisions) and eligible counterparties (investment firms, credit institutions, insurance companies, governments, central banks, mutual and pension funds and their management companies, undertaking 14 Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 15 dealing on own account commodities, futures, options). Client categorization is binding: firms have to inform their clients how they categorize them, and this entails a different level of protection. Retail investors benefit from greater protection, in particular as regards the suitability of the investment recommendation, the information they receive on the investment firm, the information on transactions' charges. The key dispositions to ensure investor protection are fair, clear and "not misleading" information to clients; suitability; best execution; and expeditious execution of client orders (articles 19, 21 and 22 of MiFID Level 1 Directive). The Directive defines eligible counterparties to which the latter dispositions do not apply (article 24). Eligible counterparties and professional clients are roughly similar but the two concepts are used in different instances. Harmonize member states regulations: the ISD harmonised the initial authorization and operating requirements for investment firms but featured minimal harmonization and mutual recognition. As a result, member states could enact their own rules on top of the Directive's requirements (gold plating) which impeded the creation of a level playing field. MiFID prohibits such gold plating, leading to "maximum harmonization." However, the intention in the Level 1 Directive was undermined in the implementation process. The Level 2 Directive allows member states to impose additional requirements in exceptional cases and under certain circumstances. Objectives of the U.S. Securities Regulations According to the SEC website, "the mission of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly, and efficient markets, and facilitate capital formation." To this end, U.S. regulations point out the need for price discovery process. The main difference with MiFID is that investor protection rules are not two tiered: the system protects all investors with some carve outs for institutional investors. Institutional or "accredited" investors are defined in the Exchange Act as investment companies, financial institutions, and small business investments (Section 3, 54). Maintain fair, orderly and efficient markets: this is the founding objective of securities regulation. The first Act to regulate securities at the federal level, the 1933 Securities Act states in its title "An act to provide full and fair disclosure of the character of securities sold in interstate and foreign commerce and through the mails, and to prevent frauds in the sale thereof, and for other purposes." This objective results in organizational arrangements for brokers and dealers and markets, a tight control on fraud, the facilitation of competition and a concern to maintain market liquidity. In addition, this objective requires the SEC to consider the impact of regulation on competition, and prohibits it from adopting rules that would impose an unnecessary burden on competition (Exchange Act Section 23(a)(2)). Protect investors: according to the SEC, "all investors, whether large institutions or private individuals, should have access to certain basic facts about an investment prior to buying it, and so long as they hold it."2 Therefore, public companies are required to disclose meaningful financial and other information to the public. This provides a common pool of knowledge for all investors to use to judge for themselves whether to buy, sell, or hold a particular security. The flow of information results in 16 World Bank Working Paper more transparent capital markets which facilitate capital formation. Compared to MiFID, the categorization of investors is less binding: brokers and dealers do not have to categorize their clients. The U.S. regulatory scheme is not two tiered; it protects all investors, with some carve outs for institutional investors.3 However, the result of both systems is comparable in the sense that retail investors benefit from stronger protection than institutional or informed investors. The U.S. regulatory reform is considering the reinforcement of retail investors' protection: the Treasury White Paper on financial reform proposes to establish a fiduciary duty for broker dealers offering investment advice, and harmonize the regulation of investment advisers and broker dealers.4 The paper acknowledges that although they are regulated under different frameworks, investment advisers and broker dealers provide similar services to retail investors. To achieve fair and orderly markets and investor protection, the U.S. regulations emphasize inter alia the need for price discovery. When Congress authorized the SEC to establish a national market system for equities in 1975, it stated the principle of competition among orders, enabling price discovery for orders of all sizes. In Reg NMS, the SEC indicates that if "competition among orders is lessened, the quality of price discovery for all sizes of orders can be compromised. Impaired price discovery could cause market prices to deviate from fundamental values, reduce market depth and liquidity."5 Notes 1 IOSCO Core Principles put forward three objectives: the protection of investors, ensuring that markets are fair, efficient and transparent, and the reduction of systemic risk. 2 SEC Website. 3 Examples of carve outs for institutional investors include: exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act if an entity sells a security only to accredited investors; under Regulation R. there is an exemption from the definition of "broker" for banks that make certain institutional referrals; the suitability rule imposes less stringent requirements on firms if they are dealing with institutional investors; communications that are delivered and made available solely to institutional investors may benefit from exemptions from the advertising filing requirements (NASD Rule 2210 and 2211). 4 U.S. Treasury Department, Financial Regulatory Reform: A New Foundation, 17 June 2009. 5 Reg NMS, Principles and Objectives, Competition among markets and competition among orders, Section I.B.1. CHAPTER 4 Implementation of the Different Objectives As Regards Competition/Fair and Orderly Markets Authorizing procedures for investments firms, brokers dealers, and exchanges: The authorizing procedures are similar on both sides of the Atlantic. Pre clearance is required for investment firms/broker dealers and Regulated Markets/exchanges before they begin business, and the information needed to obtain the authorization is broad. Authorization of investment firms/registration of brokers and dealers: European regulators are not supposed to grant authorization until an investment firm meets a set of predefined conditions including the following: fit and proper tests for managers and shareholders and persons with qualifying holdings; organizational and initial capital requirements; and membership in authorized Investor Compensation Scheme (if required). Additionally the investment firms specify the scope of their investment services or activities. When a regulator is fully satisfied that an investment firm meets all the requirements it can grant an authorization not later than 6 months after the submission of the application. Investment firms must require an extension of the authorization if they involve in additional activities. In the United States, brokers and dealers must not engage in securities business until 1) they have filed an application form (Form BD) and the SEC has granted its registration; 2) they have become a member of an SRO; 3) they have become a member of the Securities Investors Protection Corporation; 4) they comply with all applicable state requirements; 5) their associated persons have satisfied applicable qualifications requirements.1 The SEC acts on application within 45 days, provided the broker dealer is a SRO member and the SRO has approved the application. Form BD submitted by brokers and dealers in the United States is very detailed. It requires information about the background of the broker dealer and its associated persons (principals, controlling persons, and employees). An applicant has to disclose persons that exercise direct or indirect control over a broker dealer and describe the nature of the control. Similar to the European requirements, broker dealers have to specify the scope of their activities and update the form every time they involve into new or pull out from the existing activities. Within six months after the registration is granted, the Commission or a self regulatory organization conducts an inspection in order to determine the conformity of broker dealers with the Exchange Act and the related rules and regulations. 17 18 World Bank Working Paper Authorization of Regulated Markets/Registration of Exchanges: Pre clearance by regulators is required before Regulated Markets and exchanges engage into business. There are two major differences in pre conditions for clearance in Europe and in the United States. The first is the application of fit and proper tests for managers and persons exercising significant influence over the management of Regulated Markets in Europe, while similar provisions do not appear in the United States. The second difference is the requirement for exchanges in the United States to demonstrate the ability to discipline their members for violation of both federal and SROs rules. In Europe, exchanges shall only demonstrate that they are able to monitor compliance of their members and report to competent authorities any violation of the rules of the Regulated Markets and other legal provisions. In particular in Europe, MiFID, and the Market Abuse Directive2 require regulated exchanges to monitor for market abuse. Promotion of fair trading and non discrimination by rules of the Regulated Market/exchange is present both in Europe and in the United States. Other pre conditions for the authorization in Europe include organizational requirements; clear and transparent rules as regard access to Regulated Markets; and admission/removal of financial instruments from trading. Similar pre conditions are in place in the United States as well as rules on fair representation of members and investment community in the management of exchanges and rules to provide equitable principles on allocation of fees and other charges among members of the exchanges. Fit and proper tests requirements differ markedly in Europe and in the United States: Firstly, the U.S. system is rule based versus principle based in the EU. Strict reputational and professional requirements are in place for broker dealers in the United States, established under the Exchange Act (Section 15, Par. 4) and enhanced by the SROs' rules. There is a set of specific and objective criteria under which the competence and reputation of broker dealers and their associated persons can be assessed and statutory disqualification can be imposed.3 However, neither the SEC or the SROs has a mandate to make a judgment, as it is the case in Europe, of whether executives of an investment firm/Regulated Market are of sufficiently good repute and sufficiently experienced to direct the business. There is no pre determined set of criteria in Europe. Secondly, the scope of the European fit and proper test is broader: (i) the U.S. securities regulation has not established reputational or professional requirements for exchanges and their associated persons; in Europe, MiFID requires fit and proper tests for the managers of Regulated Markets and persons who exercise significant influence over the management of Regulated Markets. (ii) According to MiFID, a regulator has the power to assess potential acquirers of investment firms,4 which is not the case in the United States. The U.S. regulator has taken the stance that acquisitions will be assessed by the market, where potential synergies (strategic or financial) will be reflected in market price. At the same time broker dealers will have to comply with reputational and professional tests, capital requirements, and money laundering rules at all times, before and after being acquired. In Europe fit and proper tests are stronger for Regulated Markets than for the investment firms. In the case of investment firms a regulator has the authority to judge whether a manager of an investment firm is sufficiently experienced and of sufficiently good repute to direct the business and to assess suitability of shareholders or members, whether direct or indirect, with qualifying holdings.5 In the case of a Regulated Market Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 19 a regulator goes one step further by requiring that persons that directly or indirectly exercise influence6 over the management of Regulated Market must be suitable. A regulator imposes an obligation on a Regulated Market to disclose identity and scale of interest of persons who exercise significant influence over the management. Competent authorities will not grant authorization to investment firms if close links that exist between the firm and other natural or legal person can jeopardize effective supervision. However, there is no requirement for an investment firm to disclose those links. Instead, the burden of proof remains with the regulator. In the United States, the Exchange Act establishes detailed reputational requirements for broker dealers and their associated persons. The definition of an associated person is broad and includes any partner, officer, director, branch manager, employees (except when their functions are solely clerical or ministerial) and any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with a broker dealer. The term "control"7 contains a negative presumption that any person who does not own voting securities, participate in profits or function as an executive, shall be presumed not to have control over another person (see NYSE Rule 2f and form BD). There is no such a concept as "person who exercises significant influence over the management" as mentioned in the case of Regulated Markets in Europe, that may arise even from a tiny percentage of shareholding interest. Reputational requirements include violations or crimes related to trading, investment advising, credit rating agency business, violation of securities and investment regulation as well as general crimes. The regulator goes that far to prohibit membership to persons who failed to supervise a person subject to his/her supervision in relation to securities trading/investing. In addition to federal regulation, each SRO can impose reputational and professional requirements for broker dealers. Broker dealers provide information about its associated persons to the SEC and to FINRA by submitting the Form BD, but they also have to file U 4 form with SRO (when members) for each person that effects transaction in securities. The U 4 form contains individual's employment and disciplinary history. Professional requirements arise from the Exchange Act, but qualification tests are designed and administered by SROs. An associated person who effects transaction in securities is obliged to meet qualification requirements, which includes passing a qualification examination. Transparency of holdings and beneficial ownership: Similar to Europe where disclosure of shareholders or members and persons with qualifying holdings and amount of those holdings is a requirement, broker dealers have to disclose persons who exercise direct or indirect control, indicating the percentage of their ownership and describing the nature of the control. However, the requirement is weaker in the United States in the sense that beneficial owners of exchanges do not have to be disclosed to the regulator, as a result of a presumption that the market will identify reputational issues. Organizational requirements for investment firms and broker dealers: They are similar in Europe and the United States. MiFID lays down detailed organizational requirements that must be met by investment firms in order to receive authorization from a competent authority. Several of those requirements can be found under the U.S. 20 World Bank Working Paper rules: 1) requirements for investment firms and broker dealers to have in place arrangements to prevent conflict of interest; 2) adequate systems, resources and procedures in order to assure continuity in business services; 3) responsibilities when outsourcing to third parties; 4) sound accounting and administrative procedures and 5) policies and procedures on personal transactions of employees and tied agents.8 The organizational requirements for exchanges are broader in the United States than in Europe and are focused on the exchanges' disciplinary role, rather than on internal systems and policies which is mostly the case in Europe. The common feature in the two regulatory frameworks is the promotion of fair and orderly trading and transparency in transactions. The U.S. exchanges must demonstrate that they have in place solid disciplinary and enforcement procedures in order to exercise their complementary function in securities markets regulation (SRO role). On the other side, the main objective of the organizational requirements for Regulated Markets in Europe is the prevention of operational risks and system disruptions, and ensuring sufficient resources in order to carry on business activity. The difference between the SRO disciplinary role of the U.S. exchanges and the more limited role of the EU exchanges is the main reason why operational requirements on EU exchanges are lighter. Capital requirements for investment firms/brokers and dealers: Regulatory capital requirements are different in Europe and in the United States. While in Europe capital requirements are risk based, in the United States the Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3 1) for broker dealers is based on the concept of maintaining a highly liquid core of capital. This rule is "to oblige broker dealers to have at all times enough liquid assets to be able to satisfy the claims of customers in the case a broker dealer goes out of business."9 Investment firms in Europe are required to comply with the Capital Requirement Directives for credit institutions.10 Under the SEC rule broker dealers must have in place minimum capital levels, subject to the type of securities activities they are engaged in and based on certain financial ratios. For example, a broker dealer that carries customer or broker dealer accounts and receives or holds funds or securities for those persons is required to maintain a minimum net capital of US$250,000. Large broker dealers that hold customer funds and securities often choose to calculate their net capital based on the alternative method. Pursuant to such method, a broker dealer must maintain at least the greater of US$250,000 or 2 percent of aggregate debit items computed using the Formula for Determination of Reserve Requirements for Brokers and Dealers.11 Minimum capital requirements for broker dealers who do not carry customer accounts are smaller. In Europe, investment firms need to have initial amount of capital in place in order to engage in the business activity. Investment firms that hold client funds or securities are required to have an initial capital of EUR 125,000. Firms that do not carry client funds can operate with an initial capital of EUR 50,000. Additionally, capital requirements rules stipulate the minimum amounts of own financial resources that credit institutions and investment firms must have in order to cover the risks to which they are exposed. The aim is to protect clients and the stability of the financial system.12 The capital requirement rules are currently under review in the EU, to better account in particular for large exposures, securitization exposures, and risks to the trading book.13 Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 21 Mitigation of conflict of interest: The conflict of interest requirements under MiFID are broad and general, while in the United States they appear to be focused on specific situations. In Europe, every investment firm must establish, implement, and maintain an effective conflict of interest policy, depending on the nature and complexity of its business. The policy shall clearly identify situations that may raise conflicts of interest based on the guidelines provided by MiFID. In the United States, there is no such equivalent of a "conflict of interest policy"; there are nonetheless several provisions to mitigate conflicts of interest, which are targeted to specific situations. For example, when recommending a security a broker dealer has a duty to disclose any material conflict of interest (Exchange Act, Section 10(b)(5)); a broker dealer also has to disclose in writing to customers if he has any control, affiliation, or interest in a security that is offering or in the issuer of such security (Exchange Act 15c1 5&6). Section 15(f) of the Exchange Act requires brokers and dealers to establish and enforce procedures to prevent the misuse of material non public information, and Section 11(a) prohibit them from effecting transactions on exchanges for their own accounts.14 Access to market is an important rule to foster competition and fair and orderly trading and is similar on both sides of the Atlantic: In Europe, exchanges grant access to persons who are fit and proper, have sufficient level of trading ability and competence, comply with organizational requirements and have sufficient financial resources for the role they perform. In the United States, exchanges may provide an access to any registered broker and dealer. As discussed under the registration, brokers and dealers have to comply with reputational and professional tests in order to be registered. Additionally, exchanges are entitled to deny membership to broker dealers who are under statutory disqualifications, do not meet standards of financial responsibility or operational capability, or a broker dealer or any natural person associated with such broker dealer who does not meet standards of training, experience, and competence as prescribed by the rules of the exchange. The Access rule is featured in the United States in the Regulation NMS. The rule is designed to contribute to fair and efficient access to quotations of trading centers. This is achieved in three ways. Firstly, the Access rule promotes the use of private linkages offered by connectivity providers to enable market participants to get access to trading centers quotations through indirect sources. Secondly, it limits the fees that a trading center can charge for access to protected quotations (not more than US$0.003 per share15). Finally, the Access rule prohibits the display of quotations that lock or cross protected quotations of other trading centers. MiFID, on the contrary, does not establish strict rules on access to quotations. For example, a regulator requires Regulated Markets (MiFID, Article 44) to make arrangements on reasonable commercial and non discriminatory basis for access to its quotations by investment firms, leaving to market forces to determine the level of fees. The same rule applies to MTF and SI, but there is no requirement for OTC orders if not traded on a MTF or SI. Verification of funds (AML): AML rules are similar in Europe and the United States. In Europe the AML rules are set in the three AML Directives (91/308/EEC, 2001/97/EC, 2001/97/EC, 2005/60/EC), and in the United States in the 1970 Bank and Secrecy Act. 22 World Bank Working Paper The three Directives establish detailed rules on record keeping of transactions, customer due diligence, including enhanced due diligence for high risk customers or business relationships. The third anti money laundering Directive (2005/60/EC) introduces substantial changes in the European regime, including: a new risk based approach so that financial institutions must identify criteria to assess the potential money laundering risks their business face a new requirement to identify a beneficial owner of a customer (defined as the natural person who ultimately owns or controls the customer and/or the natural person on whose behalf a transaction is being conducted) appropriate procedures to identify politically exposed persons (defined as natural persons who have been entrusted with prominent public functions and immediate family members or close relatives of those persons) ongoing monitoring checks on business relationships. MiFID requires investment firms to comply at all times with the dispositions on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purpose of money laundering. Similarly, the NASD Rule 3011 requires all the NASD members to develop and implement anti money laundering programs which should be designed to achieve members' compliance with the Bank and Secrecy Act. Broker dealers have broad obligations under the Bank and Secrecy Act to prevent money laundering and terrorist financing through their firms. The Act requires them to file and keep records related to suspicious transactions, customer identity, large transactions, cross border currency movement, foreign banks accounts, and wire transfers, among other things. They also have to determine for foreign customers whether they are "senior political figures" whose definition is as broad as in Europe.16 As Regards Investors' Protection Three major concepts inter alia exist in the United States and Europe to ensure investors' protection: fair dealing, suitability, and best execution. Those concepts are similar in both regulatory frameworks, a difference being the best execution principle: in the United States, it covers a number of factors, with price being typically the most important; in Europe price is one factor among others to assess whether the client has obtained the best possible result for the execution of its trade. Conduct of business/fair dealing: This concept is very similar in Europe and in the United States. In the United States broker dealers owe their customers a duty of fair dealing arising from the Act anti fraud provisions and SRO just and equitable principles of trade. In Europe, investment firms are required to act honestly, fairly and professionally, when providing investment services to clients. An important difference is related to customer categorization. In Europe an investment firm is obliged to make a categorization between retail and professional clients and eligible counterparties and inform clients about their respective categories. A firm also informs client about his right to request a different categorization and what that may entail in terms of the level of protection. In the United States, brokers and dealers also differentiate clients: some products are only available to certain investors based on factors such as net worth, Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 23 assets, trading experience. However categorization is less biding than in Europe, in the sense that a client does not have to be informed about its categorization. The NASD Rule on fair dealing requires all its members and registered representatives to deal with clients fairly; fairly means treating clients in an equitable manner depending on their circumstances, but it does not mean equally. In addition, the NASD rule on suitability covers situations that might involve violations of fair treatment. These include, for example, recommending securities to customers without attempting to obtain information about customers' financial situation, excessive trading, fraudulent activity, and recommending purchase beyond customer capability. Suitability requirements: Suitability is recognized as a principle in the European and United States regulatory environments (article 19(4) of MiFID Level 1, and NASD rule 2310). In both cases it is triggered by a recommendation provided by an investment firm/broker dealer. While the suitability rule can allow for more exemptions in Europe, it is restricted to investment advice and portfolio management: for services other than investment advice and portfolio management, investment firms are required to apply an appropriateness test to assess suitability. There is no such equivalent in the United States. Both in Europe and in the United States under the suitability requirement an investment firm/broker dealer will have an obligation to obtain relevant information about a product and a customer in order to make judgments about whether a product is suitable for a particular customer based on his investment objectives, financial situation, knowledge, and experience. In Europe, an investment firm has a right to assume that a professional client has the necessary knowledge and experience for a product for which it is qualified. Similarly, an investment firm is entitled to assume that a professional client is able to bear investment risks consistent with his investment objectives. It the United States, there is a separate suitability rule for institutional clients, which establishes guidelines on assessing a client's competence to understand investment risk. This rule does not permit broker dealers to assume that institutional clients will be competent to understand risk (as in Europe) for products for which they are qualified. When the appropriateness test is applied for execution and transmission services in Europe, an investment firm does not need to obtain as much information as under the suitability test and only has to determine whether a client can understand risks associated with a particular product/service. Again, a firm can assume that professional clients will have a solid risk understanding for products for which they are qualified. Appropriateness test can be waived in certain circumstances including transactions in non complex products when executed on exchanges at a client's request. Finally, in Europe, neither suitability nor appropriateness tests must be applied to eligible counterparties. Duty of Best Execution: The best execution principle is broad in Europe and is defined as obtaining the best possible result that can be judged in terms of price, speed, likelihood of execution and settlement, size, nature of the order. In the United States, the concept covers also a number of factors,17 but with price being typically the most important. 24 World Bank Working Paper However, the application of best execution is broader in the United States, where there is no exemption in terms of asset classes or clients. In Europe, transactions executed with eligible counterparties can be exempted from the best execution rule. When applying best execution in Europe, an investment firm also takes into account criteria such as the categorization of a client (retail or professional), the characteristics of the client order, the type of a financial instrument, and the characteristics of the trading venues. When an order comes from a retail client, the investment firm is obliged to take into account a total consideration, representing the price of a financial instruments and transaction costs. CESR supervisory guidance recognizes the total consideration as the most relevant factor for best execution also for professional customers unless there are other reasons to think otherwise. Under MiFID, each investment firm is required to adopt a best execution policy and obtain clients' consent with the policy before the execution. Every time there is a possibility that an order can be executed outside a Regulated Market or an MTF, an investment firm is required to inform a client about that possibility and shall not execute the order without a client's consent. Similarly, in the United States a broker dealer obligation to its client under the best execution is "generally not fulfilled when he channels transactions through another broker dealer, unless he can show that by so doing he reduced the costs of the transactions to the client."18 In the United States, a broker should use reasonable diligence to obtain the best trading venue for the security so that the resultant price to the customer is as favorable as possible under prevailing market conditions. Criteria taken into account include the character of the market for a security (price, liquidity, volatility), the size and type of the transaction, the number of markets checked, accessibility of quotation and terms and conditions of the order. NMS Regulation provides an additional enforcement of best execution principle for the NMS stocks. The order protection rule requires trading venues to route an order to competing venues with better top of the book automated quotes. Additionally, investors in the United States are in situation to constantly evaluate the best execution of their order against quotations (obtained under the Access rule) because post trade transparency rules require all equity trades to be centrally reported and disseminated in real time. Best execution rule is complemented in both regulations by the client order handling rules which require prompt and expeditious execution of client order depending on their characteristics. As Regards Price Discovery: Pre and Post-Trade Transparency Requirements Price discovery process is an important component to foster efficient markets; both regulations therefore have pre and post trade transparency requirements on investment firms and broker dealers for equity markets. We consider two types of market transparency: pre trade transparency, which allows investors to have access to quote information before trading and post trade transparency, which requires the dissemination of information about completed trades to the public (see Appendix 1). There are two main differences in the pre trade transparency requirements for equities in Europe and the United States. First, according to MiFID, trading venues are Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 25 required to provide pre trade transparency information for shares admitted to trading on Regulated Markets. Definition of trading venues includes Regulated Markets, MTFs, and SIs but leaves out crossing networks (dark pools operated by broker dealers/investment banks). As a result, a large share of equity trading is conducted without public quotes (about 40 percent, see table 4 page 17). The U.S. regulation captures pre trade transparency on all the trading venues through the obligation of broker dealers (ATS are registered as broker dealers), national exchanges, and associations to make available quotations to data vendors. As discussed earlier in section 2.2, ATS that display quotes to more than one person are required to make their quotes available to the public for each stock in which they exceed a 5 percent trading volume threshold.19 Therefore, to be truly "dark", dark pools have to remain under the 5 percent trading volume threshold. A second difference is the consolidation of best quotes and trades in a single coordinator in the United States,20 while in Europe, quotes and trades are fragmented among multiple trading venues and investment firms, and no consolidation is required. Under Reg NMS, best execution requires trading centers to execute the orders at the best--wherever available--price (National "Best Bid and Offer"), which implies that market centers in the United States need to link and route orders to one another. By contrast, under MiFID, investment firms (and not trading centers) are responsible for the best execution of client orders; consequently, markets do not need to be interconnected.21 There is no equivalent of a mandated "Best Bid and Offer" in Europe. A number of commercial offerings of a BBO have been launched in Europe. The investor community considers the current level of data consolidation unsatisfactory, but there are divergent views on how best to achieve a higher degree of consolidation while meeting multiple investor needs. Post trade transparency requirements for equities also differ in the existence of trade data consolidation in the United States, whereas this is not required in Europe. However, in both regions, post trade transparency requirements are applied across all the trading venues: in particular, trades in public shares via dark pools in Europe will be reported, since investment firms are required to report transactions in public shares carried out outside a Regulated Market or a MTF. A common feature of the European and U.S. securities regulations is that pre and post trade transparency requirements are heavier for equities given that most of them are admitted to trading on Regulated Markets, and more limited or absent for bonds and derivatives. As regards fixed income trading: nearly all the trading in bonds in Europe and the United States takes place on OTC markets. A small number of bonds, mostly corporate, are listed on exchanges. In both regions, there are no regulatory pre trade transparency requirements for bonds or other fixed income securities; however, in practice, transparency is automatically provided by exchanges for those securities which are listed. Similarly to bonds, trading in asset backed securities is not subject to any transparency regime at present and trading information is limited given that these securities are less liquid and rarely standardized. As for post trade transparency requirements in fixed income securities, the major difference in the United States versus Europe is the obligation for corporate and municipal bonds reporting. In the United States, NASD implemented in 2002 a system for post trade transparency in 26 World Bank Working Paper corporate bonds called TRACE (Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine) which has no equivalent in Europe. Municipal bonds benefit from post trade transparency through the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board. Markets participants claim in Europe that despite the absence of trade transparency requirements, a large amount of information in bond market is already available through data vendors, private, and other sources.22 As for derivatives: Many are traded over the counter and are not subject to pre and post trade transparency requirements either in Europe or the United States. This is the case with CDSs, and other complex credit derivatives, although price information on CDSs might be available through data providers (for example in the United States through the Trade Information Warehouse of the Depositary Trust and Clearing Corporation23). However, exchanges do provide pre and post trade transparency for the derivatives traded on exchange (for example, futures). The issue of low transparency for off exchange derivatives is being debated in the two regions (see infra). Notes 1 SEC: Guide to Broker Dealer Registration (April 2008). 2 Directive 2003/6/EC of 28 January 2003 on insider dealing and market manipulation (market abuse). 3 Exchange Act, Section 3(a) (39). The form BD contains several reputational criteria and the Guide to Broker Dealer Registration indicates that broker dealers are subject to examination and inspection by the SEC and SROs. 4 Five tests for the assessment of a potential acquirer (Directive 44/2007/EC which amends the MiFID Directive among others): 1) the reputation of the proposed acquirer; 2) the reputation and experience on any person who will direct the business of the investment firm as a result of proposed acquisition; 3) the financial soundness of the proposed acquirer; 4) whether the investment firm will be able to continue to apply with the prudential requirements based on MiFID and other directives, in particular, whether a new corporate structure will allow for effective supervision; 5) whether there are reasonable grounds to suspect that in relation to proposed acquisition money laundering activities might be attempted, or there might be a high risk thereof. 5 Qualifying holding means any direct or indirect holding in an investment firm which represents 10 percent or more of the capital or of the voting rights, as set out in Articles 9 and 10 of Directive 2004/109/EC(2). 6 A proposed acquirer is considered to exercise a "significant influence" when its shareholding, although below the 10 percent threshold, allows it to exercise a significant influence over the management of the institution (for example, allows it to have a representative on the board of directors). Holdings are subject to the full notification requirements if the Member State concerned demonstrates, on a case by case basis, that the ownership structure of the target financial institution and the concrete involvement of the acquirer in the management create a significant influence even at this low level (Guidelines for the implementation of Directive 2007/44/EC). 7 SEC Rule 12b 2: The term "control" (including the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with") means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 27 cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise (Sec Rule 12b 2) NYSE Rule 2f: The term "control" means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise. A person shall be presumed to control another person if such person, directly or indirectly, x has the right to vote 25 percent or more of the voting securities, x is entitled to receive 25 percent or more of the net profits, or x is a director, general partner or principal executive (or person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) of the other person. NYSE Rule 2f and Form BD: Any person who does not so own voting securities, participate in profits or function as a director, general partner or principal executive of another person shall be presumed not to control such other person. Any presumption may be rebutted by evidence, but shall continue until a determination to the contrary has been made by the Exchange. 8 Additionally record keeping requirements for broker dealers in the United States are covered under section 17 of the Exchange Act, as well as the Rules 17a 3, 17a 4, 17a 5, 17a 11 on Required Books, Records, and Reports. Arrangements for safeguarding clients' funds in Europe are equivalent to the SEC Rule 15c3 3 on Customer Protection. There are also few rules in the United States (Rules 17h 1T and 17h 2T) on Risk Assessment but they are narrower in scope compared to the MiFID requirements on risk assessment mechanism. 9 SEC: Guide to Broker Dealer Registration (April 2008). 10 Directive 2006/49/EC of 14 June 2006 on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions; Directive 2006/48/EC relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions. 11 Exhibit A to Rule 15c3 3 (http://www.law.uc.edu/CCL/34ActRls/rule15c3 3a.html). 12 Directive 2006/49/EC of 14 June 2006 on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions. 13 http://ec.europa.eu/internal_market/bank/regcapital/index_en.htm, June 2008. 14 There are other examples: Section 11(d) of the Exchange Act generally prohibits a broker dealer that participate in the distribution of a new issue of securities from extending credit to customers in connection with the new issue during the distribution period and for 30 days thereafter. Regulation M is aimed at preventing persons having an interest in an offering from influencing the market price in the offered security; SRO rules generally limit how a member may participate in the public offering of its own or its affiliates' public debt or equity securities. 15 Except for shares priced less than US$1. 16 It includes members of the executive legislative, administrative, military and judicial branches of a foreign government, executives of state owned enterprises, official of major political parties and their close associates (31 CFR 103.175 and EC Directive 2006/70/EC of 1 August 2006 on the definition of politically exposed person). 17 Other factors include: the character of the market for a security price, liquidity, volatility, the size and type of the transaction, the number of markets checked, accessibility of quotation and terms and conditions of the order. See NASD Rule 2320. 18 NASD Rule 2320, Best Execution and Interpositioning. 19 Securities and Exchange Commission, Keynote Speech by Erik Sirri, Director, Division of Trading and Markets, at the SIFMA 2008 Dark Pools Symposium, February 1, 2008. 20 For securities listed on the NYSE, AMEX or a regional exchange, data distribution is governed by the Consolidated Tape Association Plan and the Consolidated Quotation Plan, For Nasdaq securities, data distribution is governed by the Nasdaq UTP Plan (Petrella, 2009). 28 World Bank Working Paper 21 Giovanni Petrella: Mifid, Reg NMS and Competition Across Trading Venues in Europe and United States, Milan Catholic University, January 2009. 22 Biais, Declerck, Dow, Portes: European Corporate Bonds Market: Transparency, Liquidity Efficiency, 2006. 23 DTCC is a market neutral, member owned, and member governed organization. It is regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Federal Reserve Board of Governors, and the New York State Banking Department. CHAPTER 5 Post Financial Crisis Lessons T he international financial crisis has revealed some gaps in the securities regulations on both sides of the Atlantic. Main issues have focused on the imperfect oversight of large interconnected institutions, the low transparency of OTC markets, especially derivatives, and the insufficient liquidity and capital across financial institutions. Regulators on both sides have announced plans to address them. Better Supervision of Large and Interconnected Financial Institutions The financial crisis has shown that some institutions could pose a significant risk to the financial system, while not being tightly regulated. This marks a shift from the traditional thinking that banks ought to be more regulated than other financial institutions because they take deposits from the public. Under the U.S. regulatory reform plans, the Federal Reserve would have the power to conduct consolidated supervision and regulation of all large interconnected financial firms,1 which are identified as Tier 1 Financial Holding Companies (Tier 1 FHCs). These firms will be subject to the non financial activities restrictions of the Bank Holding Company Act, regardless of whether they own insured depositary institutions.2 The U.S. regulatory reform would shift the policy of separating banking and commerce to protect banks from the risk of commercial activities, to a separation of finance and commerce. As a result, regulatory requirements on U.S. securities firms identified as Tier 1 FHC are likely to increase. In addition Tier 1 FHCs would have to respect stricter and more conservative prudential standards than those that apply to other bank holding companies (including higher standards on capital, liquidity and risk management); they would also be subject to a prompt corrective action regime that would require them and their supervisory agencies to take corrective actions as their regulatory capital levels decline. The draft legislation sent to Congress also includes the creation of a Financial Services Oversight Council to identify emerging risks in financial markets. In the EU, the Commission communication of 27 May 20093 envisions the creation of a European Risk Systemic Council to identify risks in the financial system, and a European System of Financial Supervisors so as to enhance supervision of cross border institutions. Plans to enhance the powers of CESR are also being discussed. However, the European and American approaches differ: the United States plans to separate financial from commercial activities, while this is not currently considered in Europe. Hedge funds and their managers, which are important players in securities markets and frequently engage in short selling of stocks, would be registered, according to a G20 initiative.4 However, the EU and U.S. proposals feature a different 29 30 World Bank Working Paper approach, with the EU focusing on the leverage of the funds and the United States on the registration of the managers. Increase Market Transparency The comparison between MiFID and corresponding U.S. regulations has shown that OTC derivatives such as Credit Default Swaps (CDS) are largely exempted from regulation. The collapse of Lehman and the difficulties of AIG were to some extent related to extensive trading in OTC derivatives, and showed the sheer difficulty of accurately assessing exposures in the absence of transparency and central repository.5 In the United States, the Treasury unveiled a comprehensive reform of OTC derivatives in May 2009: all "standardized" OTC derivatives would be cleared, dealers and firms who create large exposures to counterparties would be subject to tough regulation (with conservative capital requirements, business conduct standards, margin requirements), and un cleared trades would be reported to a regulated trade repository.6 It remains unclear at the moment how standardization will be defined, although it is a critical feature to enable clearing. The EU Commission is examining several courses of action: standardization, central data repository, central counterparty clearing and moving trading to more public venues.7 CDS have started to clear at the end of July 2009, and the European Commission is consulting informally on whether broadening the scope of OTC instruments subject to central counterparty clearing. In both regions, there is a risk of adding carve outs to the regulation of derivatives. Industrial firms claim that clearing would incur significant costs (because they would have to post margins), while they mostly use derivatives for hedging purposes. They argue that the clearing of derivatives should only apply to financial institutions trading with each other. However, creating a loophole for industrial companies may nullify the very idea of regulating derivatives: companies such as Enron and Metallgesellschaft, the German energy group that collapsed in 1993 under derivative liabilities, were sizeable participants in the financial markets despite not being financial institutions. In addition, banks could set up industrial subsidiaries to evade clearing requirements.8 The more contracts are cleared, the more liquid the derivatives market, and the lower the price of trades. Derivative clearing may be in the interest of all participants in the long run. Transparency is also an issue in OTC equity markets. Section 2 has shown that some dark pools are not subject to pre trade transparency requirements, which makes it difficult for participants to assess the liquidity in a given stock, and raises concerns of market fragmentation. As part of increasing transparency of capital markets, the SEC and CESR are investigating whether dark pools should be subject to stricter regulation. Enhance Capital and Liquidity Requirements Reportedly, at the end of 2008, the liquid core of capital of U.S. securities firms was largely eroded. Some claim that the 2004 SEC amendments to the broker dealer net capital rule allowed large securities firms to increase their leverage to unsafe levels although this is debated.9 The U.S. draft systemic risk legislation proposes to raise capital and management requirements for all Financial Holding Companies (including Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 31 Tier 1 FHCs), as well as rigorous liquidity risk requirements and a robust process to continuously monitor the liquidity profiles of these institutions. The White Paper further promotes the integration of the liquidity risk management into the overall risk management of Tier 1 FHCs and establishment of explicit internal liquidity risk exposures and risk management policies. In the EU, a comprehensive reform of the Capital Requirement Directives is currently under review. The first package in October 2008 focuses mainly on improving the management of large exposures, strengthening supervision of cross border banking groups, and improving liquidity risk management; the second package of proposals issued in July 2009 involves higher capital requirements for re securitization, tighter disclosure of securitization exposures, higher capital requirements for the trading book, and sound remuneration policies that do not encourage excessive risk taking.10 Further proposals on bank capital and liquidity as well as to implement a new leverage ratio considered by the Basel Committee are expected this autumn. A common approach is to consider stricter capital requirements to address the exposure to securitization: Under proposals both in Europe and the United States, originators of the securitized products would retain on their books 5 percent of the financial interest in issued securitized products. Notes 1 According to draft legislation released in July 2009, Tier 1 financial holding companies are defined depending on the following set of criteria: (i) the amount and nature of the company's financial assets; (ii) the amount and types of the company's liabilities, including the degree of reliance on short term funding; (iii) the extent of the company's off balance sheet exposures; (iv) the extent of the company's transactions and relationships with other major financial companies; (v) the company's importance as a source of credit for households, businesses and State and local governments and as a source of liquidity for the financial system; (vi) the recommendation, if any, of the Financial Services Oversight Council; and (vii) any other factors that the Board deems appropriate. See http://www.treas.gov/press/releases/tg227.htm. 2 Under the Bank Holding Company (BHC) Act, the companies that control banks can only engage in the activities of managing or controlling banks unless an exception from the "nonbanking prohibitions" of the BHC Act applies. The exceptions permit activities that are "closely related to banking", and certain passive and non controlling investments. If a bank holding company meets certain heightened management and capital requirements, it can also make "merchant banking" investments and conduct a broader range of financial--but not commercial--activities. 3 Communication from the European Commission, European Financial Supervision, COM (2009) 232, May 27, 2009. 4 G20, "Declaration on Strengthening the Financial System," London, April 2, 2009. 5 When Lehman Brother collapsed, the market initially speculated that the credit derivative exposure was around US$400 billion. The DTCC informed that based on its records the net exposure was of about US$6 billion; the actual value turned out to be US$5.2 billion when the Lehman exposure was closed out. 6 See Article: http://www.securitiesindustry.com/news/ 23476 1.html, May 2009. 7 European Commission, "Communication on Ensuring Efficient, Safe and Sound Derivatives Markets," July 3, 2009. 32 World Bank Working Paper 8 Financial Times, "Clearing Up the Future of Futures," October 1, 2009. 9 Statement by Senator Carl Levin (D Mich) Before Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee: "Where Were the Watchdogs? The Financial Crisis and the Breakdown of Financial Governance," January 21, 2009 10 Europa Press Releases, Commission proposes revision of bank capital requirement rules to reinforce financial stability, October 1, 2008; Commission proposes further revision of banking regulation to strengthen rules on bank capital and remuneration in the banking sector, July 13, 2009. CHAPTER 6 Conclusion and Areas for Future Research T here are differences in securities rules and approaches on both sides of the Atlantic: Regarding the trading venues, MiFID is not currently applied to dark pools, while in the United States, dark pools are considered as ATS and register as broker dealers. They have to make their quotes available to the public above a certain trading volume threshold. EU regulators have more discretion in authorizing investment firms and intervening in their management since they can judge whether the managers of investment firms or Regulated Markets are sufficiently experienced and reputable, while the U.S. regulator can only control their reputation and competences. The EU regulations go one step further in allowing supervisors to control the integrity of ultimate controllers of Regulated Markets regardless of their ownership, while the U.S. rules generally base the notion of control on ownership. Organizational requirements are broader in scope for exchanges in the United States and focus on disciplinary powers. This is explained by the self regulatory role of exchanges in the United States versus a more limited role in the EU. Capital requirements are risk based in the EU and based on the concept of maintaining a highly liquid core of capital in the United States. The mitigation of conflicts of interest is a broad and general obligation for investment firms in Europe while it is focused on more specific situations in the United States. Investor protection rules in Europe are two tiered between retail and professional investors (client categorization is binding), while the U.S. regulatory scheme protects all investors, with some carve outs for institutional investors. Best execution in the United States covers a number of factors, with price being typically the most important; in Europe price is one factor among others to assess whether the client has obtained the best possible result for the execution of its trade. In addition, under MiFID, investment firms are responsible for the best execution of client orders, while in the United States, the responsibility rests with trading centers. This provision implies that 33 34 World Bank Working Paper market centers in the United States need to link and route orders to one another. Data consolidation on equity trades exists in the United States and not in the EU: in the United States, quotes and transaction data reported by national exchanges and associations are consolidated into a single system and disseminated to market participants, whereas in Europe, quotes and trades are fragmented between multiple trading venues and no consolidation is required. But the objectives of the two regulations are similar, and some outcomes are comparable: Both regulatory systems aim to maintain fair and orderly markets, protect investors, and provide price transparency. Equity securities are subject to more scrutiny and transparency requirements than bonds or derivatives. In the two regions, pre and post trade transparency requirements apply to equities while there is currently no or limited transparency requirements for derivatives and bonds. Reg NMS only applies to equities. Internalization is regulated solely are regards equity trades in Europe (concept of Systematic Internalizer). Investor protection regimes are broad and offer better protection to individual investors, whether the rules to achieve such protection are strictly tiered or not. Competition has increased in Europe. New MTF entrants such as Chi X, Turquoise and BATS Europe are estimated to hold about 16 percent of share trading.1 There is a question as to whether MiFID has led to a situation which pre existed before the implementation of Reg NMS since trading has become more fragmented and liquidity has moved from exchanges. In both regions, consolidation between exchanges stepped up (NYSE Euronext, Nasdaq OMX, and LSE Borsa Italiana mergers), and dark pools have become more visible (either because their market share has increased over exchanges' in Europe or because dark ATS have gained market share over broker dealer platforms in the United States2). There are concerns on both sides regarding the fragmentation of oversight. The U.S. SEC does not oversee futures and government bonds; it also shares supervisory responsibility with the banking supervisors, which supervise commercial banks dealing with securities. In Europe, MiFID is implemented by 27 national supervisors which may lead to different interpretations. For instance, a recent report by CESR emphasizes that pre trade transparency waivers which exclude trading platforms from transparency requirements are interpreted differently across Europe; the report also hints at different interpretations of the concept of SI, given the few firms that have registered as SI (13 so far).3. A discussion on the outcomes cannot really be achieved without looking at the implementation of the securities regulations. Thus the study suggests some directions for future research: Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 35 Assess enforcement on both sides, at the SEC and SRO level in the United States, and at the level of the 27 supervisors in the EU. Deepen the knowledge of dark pools on both sides and examine how to improve disclosure and price discovery. In Europe in particular, examine ways to achieve quotes and trades consolidation. Notes 1 Reuters, "IOSCO EU Regulators Eye Shares Shuffling into the Dark," June 10, 2009. 2 Securities and Exchange Commission, Keynote Speech by Erik Sirri, Director, Division of Trading and Markets, at the SIFMA 2008 Dark Pools Symposium, February 1, 2008. 3 CESR, "Impact of MiFID on Equity Secondary Markets Functioning," June 10, 2009. Appendixes 36 Technical Appendix 1: Pre and Post Trade Transparency Requirements, Europe and the United States Fixed Income: Bonds and Securitized Debt (Government, Corporate, and Municipal Bonds, Derivatives Asset Backed Securities, Structured Notes, (Option, Futures, Credit Derivatives, Equities Asset Backed Commercial paper) Interest Rare Derivatives, Other) Trading Venues Europe United States Europe United States Europe United States YES. National exchanges collect quotations in NO requirements Transparency Transparency YES for shares NMS stocks from imposed by automatically automatically RMs/ admitted to broker-dealers NO requirements regulators. provided by provided by trading on RMs. and make them imposed by regulators. Transparency RMs. exchanges. available to data Transparency is automatically vendors. automatically provided provided by Can apply for by RMs, but a small exchanges, but a waivers based on number of bonds and small number of securitized debt are bonds and However only However only criteria such as Broker-dealers traded on exchanges. securitized debt are 20% of 20% of large order, are responsible to Exchanges traded on derivatives are derivatives are reference price, report quotations exchanges. traded on traded on order to exchanges. exchanges. exchanges. management system. YES. ATSs report YES for shares quotations in admitted to NMS stocks to NO transparency NO transparency MTFs/ATSs trading on national imposed by imposed by regulators. Regulated exchanges or regulators. Markets. national securities associations. Market participants can get quotes from trading Market platforms. For example Can apply for participants can NYSE Bonds. Pre-Trade Transparency waivers based get quotes from If registered as Currently for 1,000 on criteria such trading platforms. exchanges ATS corporate bonds traded as large order, For example up to make quotations on NYSE but is to be reference price, 6 quotes from the available to expanded to trade the order biggest corporate vendors. ? unlisted corporate debt management bond platform in issues of all NYSE system. Europe listed equites (about MarketAxess 6,000 additional bonds) YES for shares Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable SI admitted to trading on RMs. Exemptions for illiquid shares and sizes above standard market size. NO YES NO requirements NO requirements NO NO imposed by regulators. imposed by regulators. Broker-Dealers Market Market participants and ATSs participants may may get indicative communicate get indicative quotes for actively quotations in NMS quotes for actively trading bonds through stocks to national trading bonds data vendors such as OTC securities through data Bloomberg. associations. The vendors such as latter make them Bloomberg. available to vendors. Exemptions (dark pools if trading less than 5% in all securities) 37 38 World Bank Working Paper Fixed Income: Bonds and Securitized Debt (Government, Corporate, and Municipal Bonds, Derivatives Asset Backed Securities, Structured Notes, (Option, Futures, Credit Derivatives, Equities Asset Backed Commercial paper) Interest Rare Derivatives, Other) Trading Venues Europe United States Europe United States Europe United States NO transparency Transparency Transparency YES. National requirements NO transparency automatically automatically RMs/ exchanges collect last imposed by requirements imposed provided by provided by sale data and report regulators. by regulators. RMs. exchanges. them to Processor to Transparency is Transparency YES for shares be Included in However only However only automatically automatically provided admitted to Consolidated Tape. 20% of 20% of provided by RMs, but by exchanges, but a trading on RMs. Data from different derivatives are derivatives are a small number of small number of sources are then traded on traded on bonds and bonds and securitized consolidated and exchanges. exchanges. securitized debt are debt are traded on made available to traded on exchanges. market participants. Exchanges exchanges. YES for shares YES admitted to trading on RMs. ATSs report Post-Trade Transparency transactions to NO requirements by NO requirements by MTFs/ATSs national securities NO regulator regulator associations, or directly to Processors if registered as exchanges. YES. Investment firms required to make public SI in transactions (for Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Europe shares admitted to trading on RMs) outside RMs and MTFs YES. Investment NO, except YES for firms required to corporate bonds make public YES. Broker dealers through NASD transactions (for report transaction to TRACE (Trade shares admitted OTC Reporting Reporting and OTC to trading on Facility Operated by NO Compliance Engine) NO NO RMs) outside Finra. Finra makes introduced in 2002; RMs and MTFs. data available to and YES for municipal Processors. bonds through the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board Technical Appendix 2: Detailed Comparative Analysis European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Relevant Texts Relevant Texts Directive 2004/39/EC on Markets in Financial Instruments (MiFID or "MiFID Level 1") 1934 Securities Exchange Act FINRA Rules (including NASD rules not yet codified into the FINRA manual) Directive 2006/73/EC implementing Directive 2004/39/EC Commission Regulation NYSE Rules 1287/2006 implementing Directive 2004/39/EC (both latter texts referred to as "MiFID SEC Regulation NMS Level 2") SEC Regulation ATS Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations x Scope of Activities for investment firms x Scope of Activities for brokers and dealers MiFID, Article 6 Application: Form BD, http://www.sec.gov/about/forms/formbd.pdf 1. The authorization must specify the investment services or activities which the investment firm is authorized to provide. Authorization shall in no case be 1. When submitting the application for registration brokers and dealers specify granted solely for provision of ancillary services. types of businesses they are engaged in or are to be engaged in (if not yet 2. An investment firm seeking to extend its business to additional activities must active). This applies only to businesses that account for more than 1% of submit a request for extension of its authorization. annual revenue from the securities or investment advisory business. By law, the applicant must promptly update Form BD (Application for registration) information by submitting amendments whenever the information on file becomes inaccurate or incomplete for any reason. x Procedures for granting and refusing request for the authorization x Manner of registration of brokers and dealers MiFID, Article 7 Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act. 1. The competent authority shall not grant authorization unless and until it is fully 1. Broker or dealer may be registered by filing with the Commission an satisfied that the applicant complies with all requirements under the provisions application for registration. Within 45 days of the date of the filing of adopted pursuant to Directive 2004/39/EC (fit and proper requirements for application (or within such longer period as to which the applicant consents), managers shareholders and persons with qualifying holdings, capital the Commission shall ­ a) By order grant registration, or b) Institute 39 40 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments requirements, organizational requirements, membership in investor proceedings to determine whether registration should be denied. The World Bank Working Paper compensation schemes if required). proceedings shall include notice of the grounds for denial and opportunity for 2. The investment firm shall provide all information, including a programme of hearing and shall be concluded within 120 days of the date of the filing of the operations setting out the types of business envisaged and the organizational application for registration. At the conclusion of such proceedings, the structure, necessary to enable the competent authority to satisfy itself that the Commission, by order, shall grant or deny registration. The order granting investment firm has established, at the time of initial authorization, all the registration shall not be effective until a broker or dealer has become a necessary arrangements to meet its obligations under the provisions of this member of a registered securities association, or until a broker or dealer Chapter. has become a member of a national securities exchange if a broker or 3. An applicant shall be informed, within 6 months of the submission of a dealer effects transactions solely on that exchange, unless the complete application, whether or not authorization has been granted. Commission has exempted a broker or dealer, by rule or order, from the membership. 2. The Commission shall grant registration if it finds that the requirements of the section 15 (see reputational and professional requirements in Paragraph 4) are satisfied. The Commission shall deny registration if it finds that the requirements of this section are not satisfied or if it estimates that in the case the applicant were registered, its registration would be subject to suspension under paragraph 4 (see below). x Withdrawal of authorizations x Censure on activities of Brokers and Dealers MiFID, Article 8 Section 15 (b) of the Securities Exchange Act. The competent authority may withdraw the authorization issued to an investment firm Paragraph 4) The Commission shall censure, place limitations on the activities, functions, where such an investment firm: or operations of, suspend for a period not exceeding 12 months, or revoke the registration 1. does not make use of the authorization within 12 months, expressly of any broker or dealer if it finds (on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing), renounces the authorization or has provided no investment services or that such broker or dealer, whether prior or subsequent to becoming such, or any performed no investment activity for the preceding six months, unless the person associated with such broker or dealer, whether prior or subsequent to becoming Member State concerned has provided for authorization to lapse in such so associated - cases; 1. has willfully made or caused to be made in any application for registration or 2. has obtained the authorization by making false statements or by any other report required to be filed with the Commission or with any other appropriate European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments irregular means; regulatory agency under Securities Exchange Act, or in any proceeding 3. no longer meets the conditions under which authorization was granted, before the Commission with respect to registration, any statement which was such as compliance with the conditions set out in Directive 93/6/EEC; false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or has omitted to state 4. has seriously and systematically infringed the provisions adopted in any such application or report any material fact which is required to be pursuant to this Directive governing the operating conditions for investment stated therein. firms 2. has been convicted within 10 years preceding the filing of any application for registration or at any time thereafter of any crime or of a substantially equivalent crime by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction which the Commission finds - x involves the purchase or sale of any security, the taking of a false oath, the making of a false report, bribery, perjury, burglary, any substantially equivalent activity however Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations denominated by the laws of the relevant foreign government, or conspiracy to commit any similar offense; x arises out of the conduct of the business of a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, investment adviser, bank, insurance company, fiduciary, transfer agent, nationally recognized statistical rating organization, foreign person performing a function substantially equivalent to any of the above, or entity or person required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act or any substantially equivalent foreign statute or regulation; x involves the larceny, theft, robbery, extortion, forgery, counterfeiting, fraudulent concealment, embezzlement, fraudulent conversion, or misappropriation of funds, or securities, or substantially equivalent activity however denominated by the laws of the relevant foreign government; or x involves the violation of Section 152, 1341, 1342, or 1343 or chapter 25 or 47 of title 18 (crimes and criminal procedures) or a 41 42 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments violation of a substantially equivalent foreign statute. World Bank Working Paper 3. is permanently or temporarily enjoined by order, judgment, or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction from acting as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, transfer agent, nationally recognized statistical rating organization, foreign person performing a function substantially equivalent to any of the above, or entity or person required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act or any substantially equivalent foreign statute or regulation, or as an affiliated person or employee of any investment company, bank, insurance company, foreign entity substantially equivalent to any of the above, or entity or person required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act or any substantially equivalent foreign statute or regulation, or from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity, or in connection with the purchase or sale of any security. 4. has willfully violated any provision of the Securities Act, the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act, the Commodity Exchange Act, the Securities Exchange Act, the rules or regulations under any of such statutes, or the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, or is unable to comply with any such provision. 5. has willfully aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, or procured the violation by any other person of any provision of the Securities Act, the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act, the Commodity Exchange Act, the Securities Exchange Act, the rules or regulations under any of such statutes, or the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, or has failed reasonably to supervise, with a view to preventing violations of the provisions of such statutes, rules, and regulations, another person who commits such a violation, if such other person is subject to his supervision. For the purposes of this subparagraph (5) no person shall be deemed to have failed to supervise any other person, if - x there have been established procedures, and a system for European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments applying such procedures, which would reasonably be expected to prevent and detect any such violation by such other person, and x such person has reasonably discharged the duties and obligations incumbent upon without reasonable cause to believe that such procedures and system were not being complied with. 6. is subject to any order of the Commission barring or suspending the right of the person to be associated with a broker or dealer. 7. has been found by a foreign financial regulatory authority to have ­ x made or caused to be made in any application for registration or report required to be filed with a foreign financial regulatory authority, or in any proceeding before a foreign financial regulatory Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations authority any statement that was false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or has omitted to state in any application or report to the foreign financial regulatory authority any material fact that is required to be stated therein; x violated any foreign statute or regulation regarding transactions in securities, or contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery, traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market or any board of trade; x aided, abetted, counseled, commanded, induced, or procured the violation by any person of any provision of any statutory provisions enacted by a foreign government, or rules or regulations thereunder, empowering a foreign financial regulatory authority regarding transactions in securities, or contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery, traded on or subject to the rules of a contract market or any board of trade, or has been found, by a foreign financial regulatory authority, to have failed to supervise, with a view to preventing violations of such statutory provisions, rules, and regulations, another person who commits such a violation, if such other person is subject to his supervision; or 43 44 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 8. is subject to any final order of a State securities commission (or any World Bank Working Paper agency or officer performing like functions), State authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions, State insurance commission (or any agency or office performing like functions), an appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in Section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or the National Credit Union Administration, that - x bars such person from association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency, or officer, or from engaging in the business of securities, insurance, banking, savings association activities, or credit union activities; or x constitutes a final order based on violations of any laws or regulations that prohibit fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive conduct. Paragraph 5) Pending final determination whether any registration under this subsection shall be revoked, the Commission, by order, may suspend such registration, if such suspension appears to the Commission, after notice and opportunity for hearing, to be necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. Any registered broker or dealer may, upon such terms and conditions as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, withdraw from registration by filing a written notice of withdrawal with the Commission. If the Commission finds that any registered broker or dealer is no longer in existence or has ceased to do business as a broker or dealer, the Commission, by order, shall cancel the registration of such broker or dealer. x Fit and Proper Tests x Reputational and professional tests for Associated Persons Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act, Paragraph 6 MiFID Article 9, Management Requirements 1. With respect to any person who is associated, who is seeking to become 1. Member States shall require the persons who effectively direct the associated, or, at the time of the alleged misconduct, who was associated or European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments business of an investment firm to be of sufficiently good repute and was seeking to become associated with a broker or dealer, or any person sufficiently experienced as to ensure the sound and prudent management of participating, or, at the time of the alleged misconduct, who was participating, the investment firm. in an offering of any penny stock, the Commission, by order, shall censure, 2. Member States shall require the investment firm to notify the competent place limitations on the activities or functions of such person, or suspend for a authority of any changes to its management, along with all information needed period not exceeding 12 months, or bar such person from being associated to assess whether the new staff appointed to manage the firm are of with a broker or dealer, or from participating in an offering of penny stock (, if sufficiently good repute and sufficiently experienced. the Commission finds, on the record after notice and opportunity for a hearing, 3. The competent authority shall refuse authorization if it is not satisfied that the that such censure, placing of limitations, suspension, or bar is in the public persons who will effectively direct the business of the investment firm are of interest and that such person - sufficiently good repute or sufficiently experienced, or if there are objective and x has committed or omitted any act, or is subject to an order or demonstrable grounds for believing that proposed changes to the finding, enumerated in subparagraph 1, 4 and 5 of paragraph (4) of management of the firm pose a threat to its sound and prudent management. Section 15.. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 4. Member States shall require that the management of investment firms is x has been convicted of any offense specified in subparagraph 2 of undertaken by at least 2 persons meeting the requirements laid down in paragraph (4) within 10 years of the commencement of the paragraph 1. proceedings under this paragraph; or x is enjoined from any action, conduct, or practice specified in MiFID Article 10, Shareholders and members with qualifying holdings subparagraph 3 of paragraph (4). 2. It shall be unlawful ­ 1. The competent authorities shall not authorize the performance of investment x for any person as to whom an order under subparagraph 1. is in services or activities by an investment firm until they have been informed of effect, without the consent of the Commission, willfully to become, the identities of the shareholders or members, whether direct or indirect, or to be, associated with a broker or dealer in contravention of such natural or legal persons, that have qualifying holdings and the amounts of order, or to participate in an offering of penny stock in contravention those holdings. The competent authorities shall refuse authorization if, taking of such order; into account the need to ensure the sound and prudent management of an x for any broker or dealer to permit such a person, without the investment firm, they are not satisfied as to the suitability of the shareholders consent of the Commission, to become or remain, a person or members that have qualifying holdings. Where close links exist between associated with the broker or dealer in contravention of such the investment firm and other natural or legal persons, the competent order, if such broker or dealer knew, or in the exercise of authority shall grant authorization only if those links do not prevent the reasonable care should have known, of such order; or effective exercise of the supervisory functions of the competent x for any broker or dealer to permit such a person, without the authority. consent of the Commission, to participate in an offering of penny 45 46 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 2. The competent authority shall refuse authorization if the laws, regulations or stock in contravention of such order, if such broker or dealer knew, World Bank Working Paper administrative provisions of a third country governing one or more natural or or in the exercise of reasonable care should have known, of such legal persons with which the undertaking has close links, or difficulties involved order and of such participation. in their enforcement, prevent the effective exercise of its supervisory functions. 3. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "person participating in an offering of 3. Member States shall require any natural or legal person or such persons penny stock" includes any person acting as any promoter, finder, consultant, acting in concert (hereinafter referred to as the proposed acquirer), who have agent, or other person who engages in activities with a broker, dealer, or taken a decision either to acquire, directly or indirectly, a qualifying issuer for purposes of the issuance or trading in any penny stock, or inducing holding in an investment firm or to further increase, directly or indirectly, or attempting to induce the purchase or sale of any penny stock. such a qualifying holding in an investment firm as a result of which the proportion of the voting rights or of the capital held would reach or exceed 20 Professional test for Brokers and Dealers and Associated Persons: %, 30 % or 50 % or so that the investment firm would become its subsidiary (hereinafter referred to as the proposed acquisition), first to notify in writing the competent authorities of the investment firm in which they are seeking to 1. No registered broker or dealer shall effect any transaction in, or induce the acquire or increase a qualifying holding, indicating the size of the intended purchase or sale of, any security unless such broker or dealer meets such holding and relevant information, as referred to in Article 10b(4). Member standards of operational capability and such broker or dealer and all natural States shall require any natural or legal person who has taken a decision to persons associated with such broker or dealer meet such standards of dispose, directly or indirectly, of a qualifying holding in an investment firm first training, experience, competence, and such other qualifications as the to notify in writing the competent authorities, indicating the size of the intended Commission finds necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the holding. Such a person shall likewise notify the competent authorities if he has protection of investors. The Commission shall establish such standards by taken a decision to reduce his qualifying holding so that the proportion of the rules and regulations, which may - voting rights or of the capital held would fall below 20 %, 30 % or 50 % or so x specify that all or any portion of such standards shall be applicable that the investment firm would cease to be his subsidiary. Member States to any class of brokers and dealers and persons associated with need not apply the 30 % threshold where, in accordance with Article 9(3)(a) of brokers and dealers; Directive 2004/109/EC, they apply a threshold of one-third. In determining x require persons in any such class to pass tests prescribed in whether the criteria for a qualifying holding referred to in this Article are accordance with such rules and regulations, which tests shall, with fulfilled, Member States shall not take into account voting rights or shares respect to any class of partners, officers, or supervisory which investment firms or credit institutions may hold as a result of providing employees (which latter term may be defined by the Commission's the underwriting of financial instruments and/or placing of financial instruments rules and regulations and as so defined shall include branch on a firm commitment basis included under point 6 of Section A of Annex I, managers of brokers or dealers) engaged in the management of provided that those rights are, on the one hand, not exercised or otherwise the broker or dealer, include questions relating to bookkeeping, used to intervene in the management of the issuer and, on the other, disposed accounting, internal control over cash and securities, supervision of European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments of within one year of acquisition. employees, maintenance of records, and other appropriate matters; 4. The relevant competent authorities shall work in full consultation with each and other when carrying out the assessment if the proposed acquirer is one of the x provide that persons in any such class other than brokers and following: dealers and partners, officers, and supervisory employees of x a credit institution, assurance undertaking, insurance undertaking, brokers or dealers, may be qualified solely on the basis of reinsurance undertaking, investment firm or UCITS management compliance with such standards of training and such other company authorized in another Member State or in a sector other qualifications as the Commission finds. than that in which the acquisition is proposed; x the parent undertaking of a credit institution, assurance NYSE Rule 311. Formation and Approval of Member Organizations undertaking, insurance undertaking, reinsurance undertaking, 1. Any person who proposes to form a member organization and any member investment firm or UCITS management company authorized in organization which proposes to admit therein any approved person shall another Member State or in a sector other than that in which the Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations notify the Exchange in writing before any such formation or admission and acquisition is proposed; or shall submit such information as may be required by the Rules of the x (c) a natural or legal person controlling a credit institution, Exchange. No such member organization shall become or remain a assurance undertaking, insurance undertaking, reinsurance member organization unless all persons required to be approved are so undertaking, investment firm or UCITS management company approved and execute such agreements with the Exchange as the Rules of authorized in another Member State or in a sector other than that in the Exchange may prescribe. which the acquisition is proposed. 2. The Board of Directors shall not approve a partnership or corporation as a The competent authorities shall, without undue delay, provide each other with member organization unless: any information which is essential or relevant for the assessment. In this x each director of such corporation is a member, principal executive regard, the competent authorities shall communicate to each other upon or an approved person; and request all relevant information and shall communicate on their own initiative x every person who controls such corporation is a member, all essential information. A decision by the competent authority that has principal executive or approved person; and authorized the investment firm in which the acquisition is proposed shall indicate any views or reservations expressed by the competent authority x every natural person who is a general partner in such partnership is responsible for the proposed acquirer. a member or principal executive and every other person who controls such partnership is a member, principal executive or approved person; and 5. Member States shall require that, if an investment firm becomes aware of any x every person who engages in a securities or kindred business and acquisitions or disposals of holdings in its capital that cause holdings to is controlled by or under common control with such exceed or fall below any of the thresholds referred to in the first subparagraph partnership or corporation is an approved person; and 47 48 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments of paragraph 3, that investment firm is to inform the competent authority x The Board of Directors of such corporation designates "principal World Bank Working Paper without delay. At least once a year, investment firms shall also inform the executives"; and competent authority of the names of shareholders and members possessing x such partnership or corporation complies with such additional qualifying holdings and the sizes of such holdings as shown, for example, by requirements as the rules of the Exchange may prescribe. the information received at annual general meetings of shareholders and 3. In the case of existing corporations making application to become member members or as a result of compliance with the regulations applicable to corporations, there shall be submitted to the Exchange: companies whose transferable securities are admitted to trading on a Regulated Market. x A certified list of all holders of record of each class of stock, giving the name and address of the holder and the number of shares of each class of such stock held; 6. Member States shall require that, where the influence exercised by the persons referred to in the first subparagraph of paragraph 1 is likely to be x A certified list of all persons who are to become members, prejudicial to the sound and prudent management of an investment firm, the principal executives, directors or approved persons, competent authority take appropriate measures to put an end to that situation. x A certified list of all persons designated as principal executives of the corporation. Such measures may consist in applications for judicial orders and/or the Rule 312. of NYSE states that imposition of sanctions against directors and those responsible for In the case of a member corporation, such member corporation management, or suspension of the exercise of the voting rights attaching to 1. shall give written notice (1) of any material change in the stockholdings of the shares held by the shareholders or members in question. any member, principal executive or approved person of such member corporation, (2) of any proposed change in the directors or officers, or (3) of Similar measures shall be taken in respect of persons who fail to comply with any proposed change in the charter, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or the obligation to provide prior information in relation to the acquisition or other documents on file with the Exchange, or (4) of the failure to comply with increase of a qualifying holding. If a holding is acquired despite the opposition all the conditions of approval specified in Rule 311. of the competent authorities, the Member States shall, regardless of any other 2. Each member, principal executive and approved person of a member sanctions to be adopted, provide either for exercise of the corresponding corporation shall promptly notify his member corporation of any material voting rights to be suspended, for the nullity of the votes cast or for the acquisition or disposition of shares of stock of such corporation. possibility of their annulment. Whenever a person who is required to be approved by the Board as a member, principal executive or approved person fails or ceases to be so Assessment of potential acquirers (5 tests, Directive 2007/44/EC) approved, each member corporation shall promptly redeem or convert to a fixed income security such of its outstanding voting stock as may be necessary to reduce such party's ownership of voting stock in the member In assessing the notification provided for in Article 10(3) and the information referred to in corporation below that level which enables such party to exercise European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Article 10a(2), the competent authorities shall, in order to ensure the sound and prudent controlling influence over the management or policies of such member management of the investment firm in which an acquisition is proposed, and having corporation. regard to the likely influence of the proposed acquirer on the investment firm, appraise the suitability of the proposed acquirer and the financial soundness of the proposed SEC Rule 12b-2: The term "control" (including the terms "controlling," "controlled acquisition against all of the following criteria: by" and "under common control with") means the possession, direct or indirect, 1. the reputation of the proposed acquirer; of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a 2. the reputation and experience of any person who will direct the business of the person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or investment firm as a result of the proposed acquisition; otherwise (Sec Rule 12b-2) 3. the financial soundness of the proposed acquirer, in particular in relation to the NYSE Rule 2f: The term "control" means the power to direct or cause the type of business pursued and envisaged in the investment firm in which the direction of the management or policies of a person whether through ownership acquisition is proposed; of securities, by contract or otherwise. A person shall be presumed to control another person if such person, directly or indirectly, Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 4. whether the investment firm will be able to comply and continue to comply with the prudential requirements based on this Directive and, where applicable, x has the right to vote 25 percent or more of the voting securities, other Directives, notably, Directives 2002/87/EC (1) and 2006/49/EC (2), in x is entitled to receive 25 percent or more of the net profits, or particular, whether the group of which it will become a part has a structure that makes it possible to exercise effective supervision, effectively exchange x is a director, general partner or principal executive (or person information among the competent authorities and determine the allocation of occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) of the responsibilities among the competent authorities; other person. 5. whether there are reasonable grounds to suspect that, in connection with the NYSE Rule 2f and Form BD: Any person who does not so own voting securities, proposed acquisition, money laundering or terrorist financing within the participate in profits or function as a director, general partner or principal meaning of Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/ EC (3) is being or has been executive of another person shall be presumed not to control such other person. committed or attempted, or that the proposed acquisition could increase the Any presumption may be rebutted by evidence, but shall continue until a risk thereof. determination to the contrary has been made by the Exchange. x Initial capital requirements (link to Directive 93/6/EEC) x Minimum Capital Requirements for Brokers and Dealers ­ MiFID, level 1, Article 12 x Rule 15c3-1 Net Capital Requirements for Brokers or Dealers a. Every broker or dealer shall at all times have and maintain net capital no less Member States shall ensure that the competent authorities do not grant authorization than the greater of the highest minimum requirement applicable to its 49 50 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments unless the investment firm has sufficient initial capital in accordance with the ratio requirement under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or to any of its World Bank Working Paper requirements of Directive 93/6/EEC (this has now been updated in Directive 2006/48/EC, activities under paragraph (a)(2) of this section. In lieu of applying paragraphs Article 11, Annex VII) having regard to the nature of the investment service or activity in (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, an OTC derivatives dealer shall maintain net question. capital pursuant to paragraph (a)(5) of this section. Each broker or dealer also shall comply with the supplemental requirements of paragraphs (a)(4) and Provisions from Directive 2006/49/EC on the capital adequacy of investment firms and (a)(9) of this section, to the extent either paragraph is applicable to its credit institutions, activities. In addition, a broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than its own net capital requirement plus the sum of each broker's or dealer's Chapter 2, Initial capital subsidiary or affiliate minimum net capital requirements, which is consolidated Article 5 pursuant to Appendix C. 1. An investment firm that does not deal in any financial instruments for its own account or underwrite issues of financial instruments on a firm Ratio Requirements commitment basis, but which holds clients' money and/or securities and which offers one or more of the following services, shall have initial capital of EUR 125,000: Aggregate Indebtedness Standard a) the reception and transmission of investors' orders for financial 1. instruments; i. No broker or dealer, other than one that elects the provisions of paragraph b) the execution of investors' orders for financial instruments; or (a)(1)(ii) of this section, shall permit its aggregate indebtedness to all other persons to exceed 1500 percent of its net capital (or 800 percent of its net c) the management of individual portfolios of investments in financial capital for 12 months after commencing business as a broker or dealer). instruments. The competent authorities may allow an investment firm which executes investors' orders for financial instruments to hold such instruments for its own Alternative Standard account if the following conditions are met: ii. A broker or dealer may elect not to be subject to the Aggregate a) such positions arise only as a result of the firm's failure to match Indebtedness Standard of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section. That broker or investors' orders precisely; dealer shall not permit its net capital to be less than the greater of $250,000 or 2 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance b) the total market value of all such positions is subject to a ceiling of 15 % with the Formula for Determination of Reserve Requirements for Brokers of the firm's initial capital; and Dealers (Exhibit A to Rule 15c3-3). Such broker or dealer shall notify c) the firm meets the requirements laid down in Articles 18, 20 and 28; its Examining Authority, in writing, of its election to operate under this and paragraph (a)(1)(ii). Once a broker or dealer has notified its Examining d) such positions are incidental and provisional in nature and strictly Authority, it shall continue to operate under this paragraph unless a change European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments limited to the time required to carry out the transaction in question. is approved upon application to the Commission. A broker or dealer that The holding of non-trading-book positions in financial instruments in order to elects this standard and is not exempt from Rule 15c3-3 shall: invest own funds shall not be considered as dealing in relation to the services set out in paragraph 1 or for the purposes of paragraph 3. 1. Make the computation required by Rule 15c3-3(e) and set forth in Exhibit 2. Member States may reduce the amount referred to in paragraph 1 to EUR A, Rule 15c3-3a, on a weekly basis and, in lieu of the 1 percent reduction 50,000 where a firm is not authorized to hold clients' money or securities, of certain debit items required by Note E(3) in the computation of its to deal for its own account, or to underwrite issues on a firm Exhibit A requirement, reduce aggregate debit items in such computation commitment basis. by 3 percent; Article 6 2. Include in Items 7 and 8 of Exhibit A, Rule 15c3-3a, the market value of Local firms shall have initial capital of EUR 50 000 insofar as they benefit from the items specified therein more than 7 business days old; freedom of establishment or to provide services specified in Articles 31 and 32 of 3. Exclude credit balances in accounts representing amounts payable for Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations Directive 2004/39/EC. securities not yet received from the issuer or its agent which securities Article 7 are specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(vi)(A) and (E) of this section and any Coverage for the firms referred to in Article 3(1)(b)(iii) (those that do not hold clients related debit items from the Exhibit A requirement for 3 business days; funds or securities) shall take one of the following forms: and a) initial capital of EUR 50 000; 4. Deduct from net worth in computing net capital 1 percent of the contract value of all failed to deliver contracts or securities borrowed that were b) professional indemnity insurance covering the whole territory of the allocated to failed to receive contracts of the same issue and which Community or some other comparable guarantee against liability thereby were excluded from Items 11 or 12 of Exhibit A, Rule 15c3-3a. arising from professional negligence, representing at least EUR 1,000,000 applying to each claim and in aggregate EUR 1,000,000 per year for all claims; or 2. Brokers or Dealers That Carry Customer Accounts 1. c) a combination of initial capital and professional indemnity insurance in a form resulting in a level of coverage equivalent to that referred to in i. A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than $250,000 if it points (a) or (b). carries customer or broker or dealer accounts and receives or holds funds The amounts referred to in the first sub-paragraph shall be periodically reviewed by the or securities for those persons, Commission in order to take account of changes in the European Index of Consumer ii. A broker or dealer that is exempt from the provisions of Rule 15c3-3 Prices as published by Eurostat, in line with and at the same time as the adjustments pursuant to paragraph (k)(2)(i) (no thereof shall maintain net capital of not made under Article 4(7) of Directive 2002/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the less than $100,000. Council of 9 December 2002 on insurance mediation (1). All investment firms other than those referred to in Articles 5 to 8 (Art. 8 is on insurance 51 52 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments firms) shall have initial capital of EUR 730 000. paragraph (k)(2)(i): Who carries no margin accounts, promptly transmits all World Bank Working Paper customer funds and delivers all securities received in connection with his Article 11, Trading book activities as a broker or dealer, does not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to, customers and effectuates all financial 1. The trading book of an institution shall consist of all positions in financial transactions between the broker or dealer and his customers through one or instruments and commodities held either with trading intent or in order to more bank accounts, each to be designated as "Special Account for the hedge other elements of the trading book and which are either free of any Exclusive Benefit of Customers of (name of the broker or dealer)"; or restrictive covenants on their tradability or able to be hedged. Dealers 2. Positions held with trading intent are those held intentionally for short-term resale and/or with the intention of benefiting from actual or expected short- iii. A dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than $100,000. The term term price differences between buying and selling prices or from other price or "dealer" includes: interest rate variations. The term `positions' shall include proprietary positions iv. Any broker or dealer that endorses or writes options otherwise than on a and positions arising from client servicing and market making. registered national securities exchange or a facility of a registered national 3. Trading intent shall be evidenced on the basis of the strategies, policies and securities association; and procedures set up by the institution to manage the position or portfolio in v. Any broker or dealer that effects more than ten transactions in any one accordance with Part A of Annex VII. calendar year for its own investment account. This section shall not apply 4. Institutions shall establish and maintain systems and controls to manage their to those persons engaging in activities described in paragraphs 1.5., 1.6. trading book in accordance with Parts B and D of Annex VII of this Directive. municipal brokers brokers, or to those persons whose underwriting activities are limited solely to acting as underwriters in best efforts or all or 5. Internal hedges may be included in the trading book, in which case Part C of none underwritings in conformity with paragraph (b)(2) of Rule 15c2-4, so Annex VII shall apply. long as those persons engage in no other dealer activities. Brokers or Dealers That Introduce Customer Accounts And Receive Securities Article 18, Provisions against risk vi. A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than $50,000 if it 1. Institutions shall have own funds which are always more than or equal to the sum of introduces transactions and accounts of customers or other brokers or the following: dealers to another registered broker or dealer that carries such accounts (a) the capital requirements, calculated in accordance with the methods and options on a fully disclosed basis, and if the broker or dealer receives but does not laid down in Articles 28 to 32 and Annexes I, II and VI and, as appropriate, Annex hold customer or other broker or dealer securities. A broker or dealer V, for their trading-book business; operating under this paragraph may participate in a firm commitment Annex VII underwriting without being subject to the provisions of paragraph 1.3, but Trading Intent may not enter into a commitment for the purchase of shares related to that underwriting. 1. Positions/portfolios held with trading intent shall comply with the following European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments requirements: Brokers or Dealers Engaged in the Sale of Redeemable Shares of Registered (a) there must be a clearly documented trading strategy for the position/instrument or Investment Companies and Certain Other Share Accounts portfolios, approved by senior management, which shall include expected holding vii. A broker or dealer shall maintain net capital of not less than $25,000 if it horizon; acts as a broker or dealer with respect to the purchase, sale and (b) there must be clearly defined policies and procedures for the active management of redemption of redeemable shares of registered investment companies or of the position, which shall include the following: interests or participations in an insurance company separate account (i) positions entered into on a trading desk; directly from or to the issuer on other than a subscription way basis. A broker or dealer operating under this section may sell securities for the (ii) position limits are set and monitored for appropriateness; account of a customer to obtain funds for the immediate reinvestment in (iii) dealers have the autonomy to enter into/manage the position within agreed limits and redeemable securities of registered investment companies. A broker or according to the approved strategy; dealer operating under this paragraph must promptly transmit all funds and (iv) positions are reported to senior management as an integral part of the institution's risk promptly deliver all securities received in connection with its activities as a Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations management process; and broker or dealer, and may not otherwise hold funds or securities for, or owe (v) positions are actively monitored with reference to market information sources and an money or securities to, customers. assessment made of the marketability or hedge ability of the position or its component Other Brokers or Dealers risks, including the assessment of, the quality and availability of market inputs to the viii. A broker or dealer that does not receive, directly or indirectly, or hold funds valuation process, level of market turnover, sizes of positions traded in the market; and or securities for, or owe funds or securities to, customers and does not (c) there must be clearly defined policy and procedures to monitor the position against the carry accounts of, or for, customers and does not engage in any of the institution's trading strategy including the monitoring of turnover and stale positions in the activities described in paragraphs 1.1. through (1.5.) of this section shall institution's trading book. maintain net capital of not less than $5,000. A broker or dealer operating Systems and Controls under this paragraph may engage in the following dealer activities without 1. Institutions shall establish and maintain systems and controls sufficient to provide being subject to the requirements of paragraph 2.3. of this section: prudent and reliable valuation estimates. a. In the case of a buy order, prior to executing such customer's 2. Systems and controls shall include at least the following elements: order, it purchases as principal the same number of shares or purchases shares to accumulate the number of shares (a) documented policies and procedures for the process of valuation. This includes clearly necessary to complete the order, which shall be cleared through defined responsibilities of the various areas involved in the determination of the valuation, another registered broker or dealer or sources of market information and review of their appropriateness, frequency of independent valuation, timing of closing prices, procedures for adjusting valuations, b. In the case of a sell order, prior to executing such customer's month end and ad hoc verification procedures; and order, it sells as principal the same number of shares or a portion thereof, which shall be cleared through another registered broker (b) reporting lines for the department accountable for the valuation process that are clear or dealer. 53 54 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments and independent of the front office. 3. Reserved: World Bank Working Paper The reporting line shall ultimately be to a main board executive director. Capital Requirements for Market Makers Prudent Valuation Methods 4. broker or dealer engaged in activities as a market maker shall maintain net 3. Marking to market is the at least daily valuation of positions at readily available close capital in an amount not less than $2,500 for each security in which it makes a out prices that are sourced independently. Examples include exchange prices, screen market (unless a security in which it makes a market has a market value of $5 prices, or quotes from several independent reputable brokers. or less, in which event the amount of net capital shall be not less than $1,000 4. When marking to market, the more prudent side of bid/offer shall be used unless the for each such security) based on the average number of such markets made institution is a significant market maker in the particular type of financial instrument or by such broker or dealer during the 30 days immediately preceding the commodity in question and it can close out at mid market. computation date. Under no circumstances shall it have net capital less than that required by the provisions of paragraph 1 of this section, or be required to 5. Where marking to market is not possible, institutions must mark to model their maintain net capital of more than $1,000,000 unless required by paragraph (a) positions/portfolios before applying trading book capital treatment. Marking to model is of this section. defined as any valuation which has to be benchmarked, extrapolated or otherwise calculated from a market input. 5. In accordance with Appendix F to this section, the Commission may grant an application by an OTC derivatives dealer when calculating net capital to use 6. The following requirements must be complied with when marking to model: the market risk standards of Appendix F as to some or all of its positions in lieu (a) senior management shall be aware of the elements of the trading book which are of the provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section and the credit risk subject to mark to model and shall understand the materiality of the uncertainty this standards of Appendix F to its receivables (including counterparty net creates in the reporting of the risk/performance of the business; exposure) arising from transactions in eligible OTC derivative instruments in (b) market inputs shall be sourced, where possible, in line with market prices, and the lieu of the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section. An OTC appropriateness of the market inputs of the particular position being valued and the derivatives dealer shall at all times maintain tentative net capital of not less parameters of the model shall be assessed on a frequent basis; than $100 million and net capital of not less than $20 million. (c) where available, valuation methodologies which are accepted market practice for particular financial instruments or commodities shall be used; Market Makers, Specialists and Certain Other Dealers (d) where the model is developed by the institution itself, it shall be based on appropriate 6. assumptions, which have been assessed and challenged by suitably qualified parties i. A dealer who meets the conditions of paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this section independent of the development process; may elect to operate under this paragraph (a)(6) and thereby not apply, (e) there shall be formal change control procedures in place and a secure copy of the except to the extent required by this paragraph (a)(6), the provisions of model shall be held and periodically used to check valuations; paragraphs (c)(2)(vi) or Appendix A (Rule 15c3-1a) of this section to (f) risk management shall be aware of the weaknesses of the models used and how best market maker and specialist transactions and, in lieu thereof, apply thereto to reflect those in the valuation output; and the provisions of paragraph (a)(6)(iii) of this section. European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (g) the model shall be subject to periodic review to determine the accuracy of its ii. This paragraph (a)(6) shall be available to a dealer who does not effect performance (for example, assessing the continued appropriateness of assumptions, transactions with other than brokers or dealers, who does not carry analysis of profit and loss versus risk factors, comparison of actual close out values to customer accounts, who does not effect transactions in unlisted options, model outputs). and whose market maker or specialist transactions are effected through For the purposes of point (d), the model shall be developed or approved independently of and carried in a market maker or specialist account cleared by another the front office and shall be independently tested, including validation of the mathematics, broker or dealer as provided in paragraph (a)(6)(iv) of this section. assumptions and software implementation. iii. A dealer who elects to operate pursuant to this paragraph (a)(6) shall at all 7. Independent price verification should be performed in addition to daily marking to times maintain a liquidating equity in respect of securities positions in his market or marking to model. This is the process by which market prices or model inputs market maker or specialist account at least equal to: are regularly verified for accuracy and independence. While daily marking to market may A. An amount equal to 25 percent (5 percent in the case of exempted be performed by dealers, verification of market prices and model inputs should be securities) of the market value of the long positions and 30 percent of the performed by a unit independent of the dealing room, at least monthly (or, depending on market value of the short positions; provided, however, in the case of Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations the nature of the market/trading activity, more frequently). Where independent pricing long or short positions in options and long or short positions in securities sources are not available or pricing sources are more subjective, prudent measures such other than options which relate to a bona fide hedged position as defined as valuation adjustments may be appropriate. in paragraph (c)(2)(x)(C) of this section, such amount shall equal the Valuation adjustments or reserves deductions in respect of such positions specified by paragraph (c)(2)(x)(A)(1)-(9) of this section. 8. Institutions shall establish and maintain procedures for considering valuation adjustments/reserves. B. Such lesser requirement as may be approved by the Commission under specified terms and conditions upon written application of the dealer and General standards the carrying broker or dealer. 9. The competent authorities shall require the following valuation adjustments/reserves to C. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(6)(iii), equity in such specialist or be formally considered: market maker account shall be computed by unearned credit spreads, close out costs, operational risks, early termination, investing 1. marking all securities positions long or short in the account to their and funding costs, future administrative costs and, where relevant, model risk. respective current market values, Standards for less liquid positions 2. adding (deducting in the case of a debit balance) the credit balance 10. Less liquid positions could arise from both market events and institution-related carried in such specialist or market maker account, and situations, for example concentrated positions and/or stale positions. 3. adding (deducting in the case of short positions) the market value of 11. Institutions shall consider several factors when determining whether a valuation positions long in such account. reserve is necessary for less liquid positions. These factors include the amount of time it iv. The dealer shall obtain from the broker or dealer carrying the market maker would take to hedge out the position/risks within the position, the volatility and average of or specialist account a written undertaking which shall be designated 55 56 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments bid/offer spreads, the availability of market quotes (number and identity of market makers) "Notice Pursuant to Rule 15c3-1(a)(6) of Intention to Carry Specialist or World Bank Working Paper and the volatility and average of trading volumes, market concentrations, the aging of Market Maker Account." Said undertaking shall contain the representations positions, the extent to which valuation relies on marking-to-model, and the impact of required by paragraph (a)(6) and shall be filed with the Commission's other model risks. Washington, DC, Office, the regional office of the Commission for the 12. When using third party valuations or marking to model, institutions shall consider region in which the broker or dealer has its principal place of business and whether to apply a valuation adjustment. In addition, institutions shall consider the need the Designated Examining Authorities of both firms prior to effecting any for establishing reserves for less liquid positions and on an ongoing basis review their transactions in said account. The broker or dealer carrying such account: continued suitability. A. Shall mark the account to the market not less than daily and shall issue 13. When valuation adjustments/reserves give rise to material losses of the current appropriate calls for additional equity which shall be met by noon of the financial year, these shall be deducted from an institution's original own funds according following business day; to point (k) of Article 57 of Directive 2006/48/EC B. Shall notify by telegraph the Commission and the Designated Examining 14. Other profits/losses originating from valuation adjustments/reserves shall be included Authorities pursuant to Rule 17a-11, if the market maker or specialist in the calculation of `net trading book profits' mentioned in point (b) of Article 13(2) and be fails to deposit any required equity within the time prescribed in added to/deducted from the additional own funds eligible to cover market risk paragraph (a)(6)(iv)(A) above; said telegraphic notice shall be received requirements according to such provisions. by the Commission and the Designated Examining Authorities not later than the close of business on the day said call is not met; 15. Valuation adjustments/reserves which exceed those made under the accounting framework to which the institution is subject shall be treated in accordance with point 13 if C. Shall not extend further credit in the account if the equity in the account they give rise to material losses, or point 14 otherwise. falls below that prescribed in paragraph (a)(6)(iii) above, and Internal Hedges D. Shall take steps to liquidate promptly existing positions in the account in the event of a failure to meet a call for equity. 1. An internal hedge is a position that materially or completely offsets the component risk element of a non-trading book position or a set of positions. Positions arising from internal v. No such carrying broker or dealer shall permit the sum of hedges are eligible for trading book capital treatment, provided that they are held with A. the deductions required by paragraph (c)(2)(x)(A) of this section in trading intent and that the general criteria on trading intent and prudent valuation respect of all transactions in market maker accounts guaranteed, specified in Parts A and B are met. In particular: indorsed or carried by such broker or dealer pursuant to paragraph (a) internal hedges shall not be primarily intended to avoid or reduce capital requirements; (c)(2)(x) of this section and (b) internal hedges shall be properly documented and subject to particular internal B. the equity required by paragraph (iii) of this paragraph (a)(6) in respect of approval and audit procedures; all transactions in the accounts of specialists of market makers in options carried by such broker or dealer pursuant to this paragraph (a)(6) to (c) the internal transaction shall be dealt with at market conditions; exceed 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's net capital as defined (d) the bulk of the market risk that is generated by the internal hedge shall be dynamically in paragraph (c)(2) of this section for any period exceeding five business European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments managed in the trading book within the authorized limits; and days; Provided, That solely for purposes of this paragraph (a)(6)(v), (e) internal transactions shall be carefully monitored. deductions or equity required in a specialist or market maker account in Monitoring must be ensured by adequate procedures. respect of positions in fully paid securities (other than options), which do not underlie options listed on the national securities exchange or facility 2. The treatment referred to in point 1 applies without prejudice to the capital of a national securities association of which the specialist or market requirements applicable to the `non-trading book leg' of the internal hedge. maker is a member, need not be recognized. Provided further, That if at 3. Notwithstanding points 1 and 2, when an institution hedges a non trading book credit any time such sum exceeds 1,000 percent of such broker's or dealer's risk exposure using a credit derivative booked in its trading book (using an internal net capital, then the broker or dealer shall immediately transmit hedge), the non-trading book exposure is not deemed to be hedged for the purposes of telegraphic notice of such event to the principal office of the Commission calculating capital requirements unless the institution purchases from an eligible third in Washington, DC, the regional office of the Commission for the region party protection provider a credit derivative meeting the requirements set out in point 19 in which the broker or dealer maintains its principal place of business, of Part 2 of Annex VIII to Directive 2006/48/EC with regard to the non trading book and such broker's or dealer's Designated Examining Authority. Provided Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations exposure. Where such third party protection is purchased and is recognized as a hedge further, That if at any time such sum exceeds 1,000 percent of such of a non-trading book exposure for the purposes of calculating capital requirements, broker's or dealer's net capital, then such broker or dealer shall be neither the internal nor external credit derivative hedge shall be included in the trading subject to the prohibitions against withdrawal of equity capital set forth in book for the purposes of calculating capital requirements. paragraph (e) of this section, and to the prohibitions against reduction, Inclusion In The Trading Book prepayment and repayment of subordination agreements set forth in 1. Institutions shall have clearly defined policies and procedures for determining which paragraph (b)(11) of Rule 15c3-1d, as if such broker or dealer's net position to include in the trading book for the purposes of calculating their capital capital were below the minimum standards specified by each of the requirements, consistent with the criteria set out in Article 11 and taking into account the aforementioned paragraphs. institution's risk management capabilities and practices. Compliance with these policies and procedures shall be fully documented and subject to periodic internal audit. 2. Institutions shall have clearly defined policies and procedures for overall management of the trading book. At a minimum these policies and procedures shall address: (a) the activities the institution considers to be trading and as constituting part of the trading book for capital requirement purposes; (b) the extent to which a position can be marked to market daily by reference to an active, liquid two-way market; (c) for positions that are marked to model, the extent to which the institution can: (i) identify all material risks of the position; 57 58 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (ii) hedge all material risks of the position with instruments for which an active, liquid two- World Bank Working Paper way market exists; and (iii) derive reliable estimates for the key assumptions and parameters used in the model; (d) the extent to which the institution can, and is required to, generate valuations for the position that can be validated externally in a consistent manner; (e) the extent to which legal restrictions or other operational requirements would impede the institution's ability to effect a liquidation or hedge of the position in the short term; (f) the extent to which the institution can, and is required to, actively risk manage the position within its trading operation; and (g) the extent to which the institution may transfer risk or positions between the non trading and trading books and the criteria for such transfers. 3. Competent authorities may allow institutions to treat positions that are holdings in the trading book as set out in Article 57(l), (m) and (n) of Directive 2006/48/EC as equity or debt instruments, as appropriate, where an institution demonstrates that it is an active market maker in these positions. In this case, the institution shall have adequate systems and controls surrounding the trading of eligible own funds instruments. 4. Term trading-related repo-style transactions that an institution accounts for in its non- trading book may be included in the trading book for capital requirement purposes so long as all such repo-style transactions are included. For this purpose, trading-related repo- style transactions are defined as those that meet the requirements of Article 11(2) and of Annex VII, Part A, and both legs are in the form of either cash or securities includable in the trading book. Regardless of where they are booked, all repo-style transactions are subject to a non-trading book counterparty credit risk charge. x Organizational Requirements for Investment Firms x Organizational Requirements for Brokers and Dealers MiFID, level 1, Article 13 NASD 3012 Supervisory Control System 1. An investment firm shall establish adequate policies and procedures (a) General Requirements European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments sufficient to ensure compliance of the firm including its managers, (1) Each member shall designate and specifically identify to NASD one or more principals employees and tied agents with its obligations under the provisions of who shall establish, maintain, and enforce a system of supervisory control policies and Directive 2004/39/EC as well as appropriate rules governing personal procedures that (A) test and verify that the member's supervisory procedures are transactions by such persons. reasonably designed with respect to the activities of the member and its registered 2. An investment firm shall maintain and operate effective organizational and representatives and associated persons, to achieve compliance with applicable securities administrative arrangements with a view to taking all reasonable steps laws and regulations, and with applicable NASD rules and (B) create additional or amend designed to prevent conflicts of interest as defined in Article 18 of Directive supervisory procedures where the need is identified by such testing and verification. The 2004/39/EC from adversely affecting the interests of its clients. designated principal or principals must submit to the member's senior management no 3. An investment firm shall take reasonable steps to ensure continuity and less than annually, a report1 detailing each member's system of supervisory controls, the regularity in the performance of investment services and activities. To summary of the test results and significant identified exceptions, and any additional or this end the investment firm shall employ appropriate and proportionate amended supervisory procedures created in response to the test results. systems, resources and procedures. (2) The establishment, maintenance, and enforcement of written supervisory control Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 4. An investment firm shall ensure, when relying on a third party for the policies and procedures pursuant to paragraph (a) shall include: performance of operational functions which are critical for the provision of (A) procedures that are reasonably designed to review and supervise the customer continuous and satisfactory service to clients and the performance of account activity conducted by the member's branch office managers, sales managers, investment activities on a continuous and satisfactory basis, that it takes regional or district sales managers, or any person performing a similar supervisory reasonable steps to avoid undue additional operational risk. Outsourcing of function. important operational functions may not be undertaken in such a way as (i) General Supervisory Requirement. A person who is either senior to, or otherwise to impair materially the quality of its internal control and the ability of the independent of, the producing manager must perform such supervisory reviews. For supervisor to monitor the firm's compliance with all obligations. An purposes of this Rule, an "otherwise independent" person: may not report either directly investment firm shall have sound administrative and accounting procedures, or indirectly to the producing manager under review; must be situated in an office other internal control mechanisms, effective procedures for risk assessment, and than the office of the producing manager; must not otherwise have supervisory effective control and safeguard arrangements for information processing responsibility over the activity being reviewed (including not being directly compensated systems. based in whole or in part on the revenues accruing for those activities); and must 5. An investment firm shall arrange for records to be kept of all services and alternate such review responsibility with another qualified person every two years or less. transactions undertaken by it which shall be sufficient to enable the competent (ii) "Limited Size and Resources" Exception. If a member is so limited in size and authority to monitor compliance with the requirements under this Directive, and resources that there is no qualified person senior to, or otherwise independent of, the in particular to ascertain that the investment firm has complied with all producing manager to conduct the reviews pursuant to (i) above (e.g., a member has only obligations with respect to clients or potential clients. one office or an insufficient number of qualified personnel who can conduct reviews on a 6. An investment firm shall, when holding financial instruments belonging to two-year rotation), the reviews may be conducted by a principal who is sufficiently clients, make adequate arrangements so as to safeguard clients' knowledgeable of the member's supervisory control procedures, provided that the reviews 59 60 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments ownership rights, especially in the event of the investment firm's insolvency, are in compliance with (i) to the extent practicable. World Bank Working Paper and to prevent the use of a client's instruments on own account except with (iii) Notification Requirement. If a member determines that it must rely on the "limited size the client's express consent. and resources" exception set forth in (ii) above to conduct any of its producing managers' 7. An investment firm shall, when holding funds belonging to clients, make supervisory reviews, the member must notify NASD through an electronic process (or any adequate arrangements to safeguard the clients' rights and, except in the other process prescribed by NASD) within 30 days of the date on which the member first case of credit institutions, prevent the use of client funds for its own account. relies on the exception,2 and annually thereafter.3 If a member subsequently determines 8. In the case of branches of investment firms, the competent authority of the that it no longer needs to rely on the exception to conduct any of its producing managers' Member State in which the branch is located shall, without prejudice to the supervisory reviews, the member must, within 30 days of ceasing to rely on the exception, possibility of the competent authority of the home Member State of the notify NASD by using the electronic process or any other process prescribed by NASD. investment firm to have direct access to those records, enforce the obligation (iv) Documentation Requirement. A member relying on (ii) above must document in its laid down in paragraph 6 with regard to transactions undertaken by the branch. supervisory control procedures the factors used to determine that complete compliance with all of the provisions of (i) is not possible and that the required supervisory systems Implementing Measures specified in Directive 2006/73/EC (MiFID level 2): and procedures in place with respect to any producing manager comply with the provisions of (i) above to the extent practicable. Article 5 (B) procedures that are reasonably designed to review and monitor the following 6. Member States shall require investment firms to comply with the following activities: requirements: (i) all transmittals of funds (e.g., wires or checks, etc.) or securities from customers to a) to establish, implement and maintain decision-making procedures third party accounts (i.e., a transmittal that would result in a change of beneficial and an organisational structure which clearly and in documented ownership); from customer accounts to outside entities (e.g., banks, investment manner specifies reporting lines and allocates functions and companies, etc.); from customer accounts to locations other than a customer's primary responsibilities; residence (e.g., post office box, "in care of" accounts, alternate address, etc.); and b) to ensure that their relevant persons are aware of the procedures which between customers and registered representatives, including the hand-delivery of checks; must be followed for the proper discharge of their responsibilities; (ii) customer changes of address and the validation of such changes of address; and c) to establish, implement and maintain adequate internal control (iii) customer changes of investment objectives and the validation of such changes of mechanisms designed to secure compliance with decisions and investment objectives. procedures at all levels of the investment firm; The policies and procedures established pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(B) must include a d) to employ personnel with the skills, knowledge and expertise necessary means or method of customer confirmation, notification, or follow-up that can be for the discharge of the responsibilities allocated to them; documented. If a member does not engage in all of the activities enumerated above, the e) to establish, implement and maintain effective internal reporting and member must identify those activities in which it does not engage in its written supervisory communication of information at all relevant levels of the investment control policies and procedures and document in those policies and procedures that European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments firm; additional supervisory policies and procedures for such activities must be in place before f) to maintain adequate and orderly records of their business and internal the member can engage in them; and organization; (C) procedures that are reasonably designed to provide heightened supervision over the g) to ensure that the performance of multiple functions by their relevant activities of each producing manager who is responsible for generating 20% or more of persons does not and is not likely to prevent those persons from the revenue of the business units supervised by the producing manager's supervisor. For discharging any particular function soundly, honestly, and the purposes of this subsection only, the term "heightened supervision" shall mean those professionally. supervisory procedures that evidence supervisory activities that are designed to avoid Member States shall ensure that, for those purposes, investment firms take into conflicts of interest that serve to undermine complete and effective supervision because account the nature, scale and complexity of the business of the firm, and the of the economic, commercial, or financial interests that the supervisor holds in the nature and range of investment services and activities undertaken in the course associated persons and businesses being supervised. In addition, for the purpose of this of that business. section only, when calculating the 20% threshold, all of the revenue generated by or credited to the producing manager or the producing manager's office shall be attributed Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 7. Member States shall require investment firms to establish, implement and as revenue generated by the business units supervised by the producing manager's maintain systems and procedures that are adequate to safeguard the security, supervisor irrespective of a member's internal allocation of such revenue. A member must integrity and confidentiality of information, taking into account the nature of the calculate the 20% threshold on a rolling, twelve-month basis. information in question. (b) Dual Member 8. Member States shall require investment firms to establish, implement and maintain an adequate business continuity policy aimed at ensuring, in the case Any member in compliance with substantially similar requirements of the New York Stock of an interruption to their systems and procedures, the preservation of Exchange, Inc. shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this Rule. essential data and functions, and the maintenance of investment services and x As regard personal transactions: activities, or, where that is not possible, the timely recovery of such data and Securities and Exchange Act, Sec. 11: Trading by members of exchanges, brokers, functions and the timely resumption of their investment services and activities. and dealers 9. Member States shall require investment firms to establish, implement and a) Trading for own account or account of associated person; maintain accounting policies and procedures that enable them, at the request exceptions of the competent authority, to deliver in a timely manner to the competent 1) It shall be unlawful for any member of a national securities exchange to effect authority financial reports which reflect a true and fair view of their financial any transaction on such exchange for its own account, the account of an position and which comply with all applicable accounting standards and rules. associated person, or an account with respect to which it or an associated 10. Member States shall require investment firms to monitor and, on a regular person thereof exercises investment discretion: Provided, however, That this basis, to evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of their systems, internal paragraph shall not make unlawful - control mechanisms and arrangements established in accordance with A) any transaction by a dealer acting in the capacity of market maker; paragraphs 1 to 4, and to take appropriate measures to address any B) any transaction for the account of an odd-lot dealer in a security in which he 61 62 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments deficiencies. is so registered; World Bank Working Paper Article 6 C) any stabilizing transaction effected in compliance with rules under section Compliance 78j(b) (on Manipulative and deceptive devices) of this title to facilitate a 1. Member States shall ensure that investment firms establish, implement and distribution of a security in which the member effecting such transaction maintain adequate policies and procedures designed to detect any risk of is participating; failure by the firm to comply with its obligations under Directive 2004/39/EC, as D) any bona fide arbitrage transaction, any bona fide hedge transaction well as the associated risks, and put in place adequate measures and involving a long or short position in an equity security and a long or short procedures designed to minimize such risk and to enable the competent position in a security entitling the holder to acquire or sell such equity authorities to exercise their powers effectively under that Directive. security, or any risk arbitrage transaction in connection with a merger, Member States shall ensure that, for those purposes, investment firms take acquisition, tender offer, or similar transaction involving a recapitalization; into account the nature, scale and complexity of the business of the firm, E) any transaction for the account of a natural person, the estate of a natural and the nature and range of investment services and activities undertaken person, or a trust created by a natural person for himself or another in the course of that business. natural person; 2. Member States shall require investment firms to establish and maintain a F) any transaction to offset a transaction made in error; permanent and effective compliance function which operates independently G) any other transaction for a member's own account provided that (i) such and which has the following responsibilities: member is primarily engaged in the business of underwriting and h) to monitor and, on a regular basis, to assess the adequacy and distributing securities issued by other persons, selling securities to effectiveness of the measures and procedures put in place in customers, and acting as broker, or any one or more of such activities, accordance with the first subparagraph of paragraph 1, and the actions and whose gross income normally is derived principally from such taken to address any deficiencies in the firm's compliance with its business and related activities and (ii) such transaction is effected in obligations; compliance with rules of the Commission which, as a minimum, assure i) to advise and assist the relevant persons responsible for carrying out that the transaction is not inconsistent with the maintenance of fair and investment services and activities to comply with the firm's obligations orderly markets and yields priority, parity, and precedence in execution to under Directive 2004/39/EC. orders for the account of persons who are not members or associated with members of the exchange; 3. In order to enable the compliance function to discharge its responsibilities properly and independently, Member States shall require investment firms to H) any transaction for an account with respect to which such member or an ensure that the following conditions are satisfied: associated person thereof exercises investment discretion if such member - (i) has obtained, from the person or persons authorized to the compliance function must have the necessary authority, resources, transact business for the account, express authorization for such expertise and access to all relevant information; member or associated person to effect such transactions prior to a) a compliance officer must be appointed and must be responsible for the engaging in the practice of effecting such transactions; (ii) furnishes the European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments compliance function and for any reporting as to compliance required by person or persons authorized to transact business for the account with a Article 9(2); statement at least annually disclosing the aggregate compensation b) the relevant persons involved in the compliance function must not be received by the exchange member in effecting such transactions; and (iii) involved in the performance of services or activities they monitor; complies with any rules the Commission has prescribed with respect to c) the method of determining the remuneration of the relevant persons the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii); and (I) any other transaction of a involved in the compliance function must not compromise their kind which the Commission, by rule, determines is consistent with the objectivity and must not be likely to do so. purposes of this paragraph, the protection of investors, and the maintenance of fair and orderly markets. However, an investment firm shall not be required to comply with point (c) or point (d) if it is able to demonstrate that in view of the nature, scale and complexity of its 2) The Commission, by rule, as it deems necessary or appropriate in the public business, and the nature and range of investment services and activities, the interest and for the protection of investors, to maintain fair and orderly requirement under that point is not proportionate and that its compliance function markets, or to assure equal regulation of exchange markets and markets continues to be effective. occurring otherwise than on an exchange, may regulate or prohibit: Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations Article 7 A) transactions on a national securities exchange not unlawful under paragraph (1) of this subsection effected by any member thereof for its Risk management own account (unless such member is acting in the capacity of market 1. Member States shall require investment firms to take the following actions: maker or odd-lot dealer), the account of an associated person, or an a) to establish, implement and maintain adequate risk management account with respect to which such member or an associated person policies and procedures which identify the risks relating to the firm's thereof exercises investment discretion; activities, processes and systems, and where appropriate, set the level B) transactions otherwise than on a national securities exchange effected by of risk tolerated by the firm; use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce b) to adopt effective arrangements, processes and mechanisms to by any member of a national securities exchange, broker, or dealer for manage the risks relating to the firm's activities, processes and the account of such member, broker, or dealer (unless such member, systems, in light of that level of risk tolerance; broker, or dealer is acting in the capacity of a market Maker) on the c) to monitor the following: account of an associated person, or an account with respect to which i) the adequacy and effectiveness of the investment firm's risk such member, broker, or dealer or associated person thereof exercises management investment discretion; and policies and procedures; C) transactions on a national securities exchange effected by any broker or dealer not a member thereof for the account of such broker or dealer ii) the level of compliance by the investment firm and its relevant (unless such broker or dealer is acting in the capacity of market maker), persons with the arrangements, processes and mechanisms adopted the account of an associated person, or an account with respect to which in accordance with point (b); such broker or dealer or associated person thereof exercises investment 63 64 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments iii) the adequacy and effectiveness of measures taken to address any discretion. World Bank Working Paper deficiencies in those policies, procedures, arrangements, processes c) Exemptions from provisions of section and rules and regulations: If because and mechanisms, including failures by the relevant persons to comply of the limited volume of transactions effected on an exchange, it is in the with such arrangements, processes and mechanisms or follow such opinion of the Commission impracticable and not necessary or appropriate policies and procedures. in the public interest or for the protection of investors to apply any of the 2. Member States shall require investment firms, where appropriate and foregoing provisions of this section or the rules and regulations thereunder, proportionate in view of the nature, scale and complexity of their business and the Commission shall have power, upon application of the exchange and the nature and range of the investment services and activities undertaken in on a showing that the rules of such exchange are otherwise adequate for the course of that business, to establish and maintain a risk management the protection of investors, to exempt such exchange and its members function that operates independently and carries out the following tasks: from any such provision or rules and regulations. a) implementation of the policy and procedures referred to in paragraph 1; d) Prohibition on extension of credit by broker-dealer. It shall be unlawful for a b) provision of reports and advice to senior management in accordance member of a national securities exchange who is both a dealer and a with Article 9(2). broker, or for any person who both as a broker and a dealer transacts a Where an investment firm is not required under the first sub-paragraph to establish business in securities through the medium of a member or otherwise, to and maintain a risk management function that functions independently, it must effect through the use of any facility of a national securities exchange or of nevertheless be able to demonstrate that the policies and procedures which it is the mails or of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, or has adopted in accordance with paragraph 1 satisfy the requirements of that otherwise in the case of a member, (1) any transaction in connection with paragraph and are consistently effective. which, directly or indirectly, he extends or maintains or arranges for the extension or maintenance of credit to or for a customer on any security Article 8 (other than an exempted security) which was a part of a new issue in the Internal audit distribution of which he participated as a member of a selling syndicate or Member States shall require investment firms, where appropriate and group within thirty days prior to such transaction: Provided, That credit shall proportionate in view of the nature, scale and complexity of their business and the not be deemed extended by reason of a bona fide delayed delivery of (i) nature and range of investment services and activities undertaken in the course of any such security against full payment of the entire purchase price thereof that business, to establish and maintain an internal audit function which is separate upon such delivery within thirty-five days after such purchase or (ii) any and independent from the other functions and activities of the investment firm and mortgage related security or any small business related security against full which has the following responsibilities: payment of the entire purchase price thereof upon such delivery within one a) to establish, implement and maintain an audit plan to examine and hundred and eighty days after such purchase, or within such shorter period evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of the investment firm's as the Commission may prescribe by rule or regulation, or (2) any systems, internal control mechanisms and arrangements; transaction with respect to any security (other than an exempted security) b) to issue recommendations based on the result of work carried out in unless, if the transaction is with a customer, he discloses to such customer European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments accordance with point (a); in writing at or before the completion of the transaction whether he is acting c) to verify compliance with those recommendations; as a dealer for his own account, as a broker for such customer, or as a d) to report in relation to internal audit matters in accordance with Article broker for some other person. 9(2). Article 9 x NASD Conduct Rule 3040. Private Securities Transactions of an Associated Responsibility of senior management Person 1. Member States shall require investment firms, when allocating functions a) Applicability internally, to ensure that senior management, and, where appropriate, the No person associated with a member shall participate in any manner in a private supervisory function, are responsible for ensuring that the firm complies with securities transaction except in accordance with the requirements of this Rule. its obligations under Directive 2004/39/EC. b) Written Notice In particular, senior management and, where appropriate, the supervisory Prior to participating in any private securities transaction, an associated person Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations function shall be required to assess and periodically to review the shall provide written notice to the member with which he is associated describing in effectiveness of the policies, arrangements and procedures put in place to detail the proposed transaction and the person's proposed role therein and stating comply with the obligations under Directive 2004/39/EC and to take whether he has received or may receive selling compensation in connection with the appropriate measures to address any deficiencies. transaction; provided however that, in the case of a series of related transactions in 2. Member States shall require investment firms to ensure that their senior which no selling compensation has been or will be received, an associated person may management receive on a frequent basis, and at least annually, written reports provide a single written notice. on the matters covered by Articles 6, 7 and 8 indicating in particular whether c) Transactions for Compensation the appropriate remedial measures have been taken in the event of any 1. In the case of a transaction in which an associated person has received or deficiencies. may receive selling compensation, a member which has received notice 3. Member States shall require investment firms to ensure that the pursuant to paragraph (b) shall advise the associated person in writing stating supervisory function, if any, receives on a regular basis written reports on whether the member: the same matters. A) approves the person's participation in the proposed transaction; or 4. For the purposes of this Article, "supervisory function" means the function B) disapproves the person's participation in the proposed transaction. within an investment firm responsible for the supervision of its senior management. 2. If the member approves a person's participation in a transaction pursuant to paragraph (c)(1), the transaction shall be recorded on the books and records Article 10 of the member and the member shall supervise the person's participation in Complaints handling the transaction as if the transaction were executed on behalf of the member. Member States shall require investment firms to establish, implement and maintain 3. If the member disapproves a person's participation pursuant to paragraph 65 66 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments effective and transparent procedures for the reasonable and prompt handling of (c)(1), the person shall not participate in the transaction in any manner, directly World Bank Working Paper complaints received from retail clients or potential retail clients, and to keep a or indirectly. record of each complaint and the measures taken for its resolution. d) Transactions Not for Compensation Article 11 In the case of a transaction or a series of related transactions in which an associated Meaning of personal transaction person has not and will not receive any selling compensation, a member which has For the purposes of Article 12 and Article 25, personal transaction means a trade received notice pursuant to paragraph (b) shall provide the associated person prompt in a financial instrument effected by or on behalf of a relevant person, where at written acknowledgment of said notice and may, at its discretion, require the person to least one of the following criteria are met: adhere to specified conditions in connection with his participation in the transaction. a) that relevant person is acting outside the scope of the activities he e) Definitions carries out in that capacity; For purposes of this Rule, the following terms shall have the stated meanings: b) the trade is carried out for the account of any of the following persons: 1. "Private securities transaction" shall mean any securities transaction outside i) the relevant person; the regular course or scope of an associated person's employment with a ii) any person with whom he has a family relationship, or with member, including, though not limited to, new offerings of securities which are whom he has close links; not registered with the Commission, provided however that transactions subject to the notification requirements of Rule 3050 on (transactions for or by iii) a person whose relationship with the relevant person is such associated persons), transactions among immediate family members (as that the relevant person has a direct or indirect material interest defined in Rule 2790), for which no associated person receives any selling in the outcome of the trade, other than a fee or commission for compensation, and personal transactions in investment company and variable the execution of the trade. annuity securities, shall be excluded. Article 12 2. "Selling compensation" shall mean any compensation paid directly or indirectly Personal transactions from whatever source in connection with or as a result of the purchase or sale 1. Member States shall require investment firms to establish, implement and of a security, including, though not limited to, commissions; finder's fees; maintain adequate arrangements aimed at preventing the following securities or rights to acquire securities; rights of participation in profits, tax activities in the case of any relevant person who is involved in activities that benefits, or dissolution proceeds, as a general partner or otherwise; or may give rise to a conflict of interest, or who has access to inside expense reimbursements. information within the meaning of Article 1(1) of Directive 2003/6/EC or to other confidential information relating to clients or transactions with or for clients by virtue of an activity carried out by him on behalf of the firm: Securities and Exchange Act a) entering into a personal transaction which meets at least one of the following criteria: Rule 15c3-3 -- Customer Protection--Reserves and Custody of Securities European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments i) that person is prohibited from entering into it under Directive a. Physical possession or control of securities. 2003/6/EC; 1. A broker or dealer shall promptly obtain and shall thereafter maintain the ii) it involves the misuse or improper disclosure of that confidential physical possession or control of all fully-paid securities and excess margin information; securities carried by a broker or dealer for the account of customers. iii) it conflicts or is likely to conflict with an obligation of the 2. A broker or dealer shall not be deemed to be in violation of the provisions investment firm under Directive 2004/39/EC; of paragraph (b)(1) of this section regarding physical possession or control b) advising or procuring, other than in the proper course of his of customers' securities if, solely as the result of normal business employment or contract for services, any other person to enter into a operations, temporary lags occur between the time when a security is transaction in financial instruments which, if a personal transaction of required to be in the possession or control of the broker or dealer and the the relevant person, would be covered by point (a) or Article 25(2)(a) time that it is placed in his physical possession or under his control, (see investment research) or (b) or Article 47(3) (see client order provided that the broker or dealer takes timely steps in good faith to handling); establish prompt physical possession or control. The burden of proof shall Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations c) without prejudice to Article 3(a) of Directive 2003/6/EC, disclosing, be on the broker or dealer to establish that the failure to obtain physical other than in the normal course of his employment or contract for possession or control of securities carried for the account of customers as services, any information or opinion to any other person if the relevant required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section is merely temporary and solely person knows, or reasonably ought to know, that as a result of that the result of normal business operations including same day receipt and disclosure that other person will or would be likely to take either of the redelivery (turnaround), and to establish that he has taken timely steps in following steps: good faith to place them in his physical possession or control. i) to enter into a transaction in financial instruments which, if a 3. A broker or dealer shall not be deemed to be in violation of the provisions personal transaction of the relevant person, would be covered of paragraph (b)(1) of this section regarding physical possession or control by point (a) or Article 25(2)(a)(see part on investment research) of fully-paid or excess margin securities borrowed from any person, or (b) or Article 47(3) (see client order handling rules); provided that the broker or dealer and the lender, at or before the time of the loan, enter into a written agreement that, at a minimum; ii) to advise or procure another person to enter into such a transaction. i. Sets forth in a separate schedule or schedules the basis of 2. The arrangements required under paragraph 1 must in particular be compensation for any loan and generally the rights and liabilities of designed to ensure that: the parties as to the borrowed securities; a) each relevant person covered by paragraph 1 is aware of the ii. Provides that the lender will be given a schedule of the securities restrictions on personal transactions, and of the measures established actually borrowed at the time of the borrowing of the securities; by the investment firm in connection with personal transactions and disclosure, in accordance with paragraph 1; iii. Specifies that the broker or dealer: 67 68 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments b) the firm is informed promptly of any personal transaction entered into a. Must provide to the lender, upon the execution of the agreement or World Bank Working Paper by a relevant person, either by notification of that transaction or by by the close of the business day of the loan if the loan occurs other procedures enabling the firm to identify such transactions; subsequent to the execution of the agreement, collateral, which In the case of outsourcing arrangements the investment firm must fully secures the loan of securities, consisting exclusively of cash or ensure that the firm to which the activity is outsourced maintains a United States Treasury bills and Treasury notes or an irrevocable record of personal transactions entered into by any relevant person and letter of credit issued by a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6)(A)-(C) provides that information to the investment firm promptly on request. of the Act or such other collateral as the Commission designates as c) a record is kept of the personal transaction notified to the firm or permissible by order as necessary or appropriate in the public identified by it, including any authorization or prohibition in connection interest and consistent with the protection of investors after giving with such a transaction. consideration to the collateral's liquidity, volatility, market depth and location, and the issuer's creditworthiness; and 3. Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply to the following kinds of personal transaction: b. Must mark the loan to the market not less than daily and, in the event that the market value of all the outstanding securities loaned a) personal transactions effected under a discretionary portfolio at the close of trading at the end of the business day exceeds 100 management service where there is no prior communication in percent of the collateral then held by the lender, the borrowing connection with the transaction between the portfolio manager and the broker or dealer must provide additional collateral of the type relevant person or other person for whose account the transaction is described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section to the lender by executed; the close of the next business day as necessary to equal, together b) personal transactions in units in collective undertakings that comply with the collateral then held by the lender, not less than 100 percent with the conditions necessary to enjoy the rights conferred by Directive of the market value of the securities loaned; and 85/611/EEC or are subject to supervision under the law of a Member iv. Contains a prominent notice that the provisions of the Securities State which requires an equivalent level of risk spreading in their Investor Protection Act of 1970 may not protect the lender with assets, where the relevant person and any other person for whose respect to the securities loan transaction and that, therefore, the account the transactions are effected are not involved in the collateral delivered to the lender may constitute the only source of management of that undertaking. satisfaction of the broker's or dealer's obligation in the event the Section 2 broker or dealer fails to return the securities. Outsourcing 4. Meaning of critical and important operational functions i. Notwithstanding paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section, a broker or 1. For the purposes of the first subparagraph of Article 13(5) of Directive dealer that retains custody of securities that are the subject of a 2004/39/EC, an operational function shall be regarded as critical or important if repurchase agreement between the broker or dealer and a a defect or failure in its performance would materially impair the continuing counterparty shall: European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments compliance of an investment firm with the conditions and obligations of its a. Obtain the repurchase agreement in writing; authorization or its other obligations under Directive 2004/39/EC, or its b. Confirm in writing the specific securities that are the subject of a financial performance, or the soundness or the continuity of its investment repurchase transaction pursuant to such agreement at the end of services and activities. the trading day on which the transaction is initiated and at the end 2. Without prejudice to the status of any other function, the following functions of any other day during which other securities are substituted if the shall not be considered as critical or important for the purposes of paragraph substitution results in a change to issuer, maturity date, par amount 1: or coupon rate as specified in the previous confirmation; a) the provision to the firm of advisory services, and other services which c. Advise the counterparty in the repurchase agreement that the do not form part of the investment business of the firm, including the Securities Investor Protection Corporation has taken the position provision of legal advice to the firm, the training of personnel of the firm, that the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 billing services and the security of the firm's premises and personnel; do not protect the counterparty with respect to the repurchase b) the purchase of standardised services, including market information agreement; Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations services and the provision of price feeds. d. Maintain possession or control of securities that are the subject of Article 14 the agreement. Conditions for outsourcing critical or important operational functions or investment ii. For purpose of this paragraph (b)(4), securities are in the broker's services or activities or dealer's control only if they are in the control of the broker or 1. Member States shall ensure that, when investment firms outsource critical or dealer within the meaning of Rule 15c3-3 (c)(1), (c)3, (c)(5) or (c)(6) important operational functions or any investment services or activities, the of this title. firms remain fully responsible for discharging all of their obligations under iii. A broker or dealer shall not be in violation of the requirement to Directive 2004/39/EC and comply, in particular, with the following conditions: maintain possession or control pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)(D) a) the outsourcing must not result in the delegation by senior management during the trading day if: of its responsibility; a. In the written repurchase agreement, the counterparty grants the b) the relationship and obligations of the investment firm towards its broker or dealer the right to substitute other securities for those clients under the terms of Directive 2004/39/EC must not be altered; subject to the agreement; and c) the conditions with which the investment firm must comply in order to iv. The provision in the written repurchase agreement governing the be authorised in accordance with Article 5 of Directive 2004/39/EC, and right, if any, to substitute is immediately preceded by the following to remain so, must not be undermined; disclosure statement, which must be prominently displayed: d) none of the other conditions subject to which the firm's authorisation Control of securities. Securities under the control of a broker or was granted must be removed or modified. dealer shall be deemed to be securities which: 2. Member States shall require investment firms to exercise due skill, care and 69 70 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments diligence when entering into, managing or terminating any arrangement for the 5. Are represented by one or more certificates in the custody or control of a World Bank Working Paper outsourcing to a service provider of critical or important operational functions clearing corporation or other subsidiary organization of either national or of any investment services or activities. securities exchanges or of a registered national securities association, or of Investment firms shall in particular take the necessary steps to ensure that a custodian bank in accordance with a system for the central handling of the following conditions are satisfied: securities complying with the provisions of Rule 8c-1(g) and Rule 15c2-1(g) a) the service provider must have the ability, capacity, and any the delivery of which certificates to the broker or dealer does not require authorisation required by law to perform the outsourced functions, the payment of money or value, and if the books or records of the broker or services or activities reliably and professionally; dealer identify the customers entitled to receive specified quantities or units of the securities so held for such customers collectively; or b) the service provider must carry out the outsourced services effectively, and to this end the firm must establish methods for assessing the 6. Are carried for the account of any customer by a broker or dealer and are standard of performance of the service provider; carried in a special omnibus account in the name of such broker or dealer with another broker or dealer in compliance with the requirements of c) the service provider must properly supervise the carrying out of the section 4(b) of Regulation T under the Act , such securities being deemed outsourced functions, and adequately manage the risks associated with to be under the control of such broker or dealer to the extent that he has the outsourcing; instructed such carrying broker or dealer to maintain physical possession d) appropriate action must be taken if it appears that the service provider or control of them free of any charge, lien, or claim of any kind in favor of may not be carrying out the functions effectively and in compliance with such carrying broker or dealer or any persons claiming through such applicable laws and regulatory requirements; carrying broker or dealer; or e) the investment firm must retain the necessary expertise to supervise 7. Are the subject of bona fide items of transfer; provided that securities shall the outsourced functions effectively and manage the risks associated be deemed not to be the subject of bona fide items of transfer if, within 40 with the outsourcing and must supervise those functions and manage calendar days after they have been transmitted for transfer by the broker or those risks; dealer to the issuer or its transfer agent, new certificates conforming to the f) the service provider must disclose to the investment firm any instructions of the broker or dealer have not been received by him, he has development that may have a material impact on its ability to carry out not received a written statement by the issuer or its transfer agent the outsourced functions effectively and in compliance with applicable acknowledging the transfer instructions and the possession of the laws and regulatory requirements; securities or he has not obtained a revalidation of a window ticket from a g) the investment firm must be able to terminate the arrangement for transfer agent with respect to the certificate delivered for transfer; or outsourcing where necessary without detriment to the continuity and 8. Are in the custody of a foreign depository, foreign clearing agency or quality of its provision of services to clients; foreign custodian bank which the Commission upon application from a h) the service provider must cooperate with the competent authorities of broker or dealer, a registered national securities exchange or a registered the investment firm in connection with the outsourced activities; national securities association, or upon its own motion shall designate as a European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments i) the investment firm, its auditors and the relevant competent authorities satisfactory control location for securities; or must have effective access to data related to the outsourced activities, 9. Are in the custody or control of a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the as well as to the business premises of the service provider; and the Act, the delivery of which securities to the broker or dealer does not require competent authorities must be able to exercise those rights of access; the payment of money or value and the bank having acknowledged in j) the service provider must protect any confidential information relating to writing that the securities in its custody or control are not subject to any the investment firm and its clients; right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of a bank or k) the investment firm and the service provider must establish, implement any person claiming through the bank; or and maintain a contingency plan for disaster recovery and periodic 10. testing of backup facilities, where that is necessary having regard to the i.Are held in or are in transit between offices of the broker or dealer; function, service or activity that has been outsourced. or 3. Member States shall require the respective rights and obligations of the ii. are held by a corporate subsidiary if the broker or dealer owns and investment firms and of the service provider to be clearly allocated and set out Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations exercises a majority of the voting rights of all of the voting securities in a written agreement. of such subsidiary, assumes or guarantees all of the subsidiary's 4. Member States shall provide that, where the investment firm and the service obligations and liabilities, operates the subsidiary as a branch office provider are members of the same group, the investment firm may, for the of the broker or dealer, and assumes full responsibility for purposes of complying with this Article and Article 15, take into account the compliance by the subsidiary and all of its associated persons with extent to which the firm controls the service provider or has the ability to the provisions of the Federal securities laws as well as for all of the influence its actions. other acts of the subsidiary and such associated persons; or 5. Member States shall require investment firms to make available on request to 11. Are held in such other locations as the Commission shall upon application the competent authority all information necessary to enable the authority to from a broker or dealer find and designate to be adequate for the supervise the compliance of the performance of the outsourced activities with protection of customer securities. the requirements of this Directive. SEC Rules 17h-1T and 17h-2T require brokers and dealers to file risk assessment forms. Article 15 Service providers located in third countries Rules 17a-3, 17a-4, 17a-5, 17a-11 on Required Books, Records, and Reports as arise 1. In addition to the requirements set out in Article 14, Member States shall from the Act's section on record and reports (Section 17). require that, where an investment firm outsources the investment service of FINRA Guidance 05-48 Members' Responsibilities When Outsourcing Activities to Third- portfolio management provided to retail clients to a service provider located in Party Service Providers a third country, that investment firm ensures that the following conditions are (http://finra.complinet.com/en/display/display.html?rbid=2403&record_id=3647&element_i satisfied: d=3199&highlight=outsourcing#r3647) a) the service provider must be authorized or registered in its home 71 72 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments country to provide that service and must be subject to prudential World Bank Working Paper supervision; b) there must be an appropriate cooperation agreement between the competent authority of the investment firm and the supervisory authority of the service provider. 2. Where one or both of those conditions mentioned in paragraph 1 are not satisfied, an investment firm may outsource investment services to a service provider located in a third country only if the firm gives prior notification to its competent authority about the outsourcing arrangement and the competent authority does not object to that arrangement within a reasonable time following receipt of that notification. 3. Without prejudice to paragraph 2, Member States shall publish or require competent authorities to publish a statement of policy in relation to outsourcing covered by paragraph 2. That statement shall set out examples of cases where the competent authority would not, or would be likely not to, object to an outsourcing under paragraph 2 where one or both of the conditions in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 1 are not met. It shall include a clear explanation as to why the competent authority considers that in such cases outsourcing would not impair the ability of investment firms to fulfill their obligations under Article 14. 4. Nothing in this article limits the obligations on investment firms to comply with the requirements in Article 14. 5. Competent authorities shall publish a list of the supervisory authorities in third countries with which they have cooperation agreements that are appropriate for the purposes of point (b) of paragraph 1. Section 3 Safeguarding of client assets Article 16 Safeguarding of client financial instruments and funds 1. Member States shall require that, for the purposes of safeguarding clients' European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments rights in relation to financial instruments and funds belonging to them, investment firms comply with the following requirements: a) they must keep such records and accounts as are necessary to enable them at any time and without delay to distinguish assets held for one client from assets held for any other client, and from their own assets; b) they must maintain their records and accounts in a way that ensures their accuracy, and in particular their correspondence to the financial instruments and funds held for clients; c) they must conduct, on a regular basis, reconciliations between their internal accounts and records and those of any third parties by whom those assets are held; Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations d) they must take the necessary steps to ensure that any client financial instruments deposited with a third party, in accordance with Article 17, are identifiable separately from the financial instruments belonging to the investment firm and from financial instruments belonging to that third party, by means of differently titled accounts on the books of the third party or other equivalent measures that achieve the same level of protection; e) they must take the necessary steps to ensure that client funds deposited, in accordance with Article 18, in a central bank, a credit institution or a bank authorised in a third country or a qualifying money market fund are held in an account or accounts identified separately from any accounts used to hold funds belonging to the investment firm; f) they must introduce adequate organisational arrangements to minimize the risk of the loss or diminution of client assets, or of rights in connection with those assets, as a result of misuse of the assets, fraud, poor administration, inadequate record-keeping or negligence. 2. If, for reasons of the applicable law, including in particular the law relating to property or insolvency, the arrangements made by investment firms in compliance with paragraph 1 to safeguard clients' rights are not sufficient to 73 74 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments satisfy the requirements of Article 13(7) and (8) of Directive 2004/39/EC, World Bank Working Paper Member States shall prescribe the measures that investment firms must take in order to comply with those obligations. 3. If the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the client funds or financial instruments are held prevents investment firms from complying with points (d) or (e) of paragraph 1, Member States shall prescribe requirements which have an equivalent effect in terms of safeguarding clients' rights. Article 17 Depositing client financial instruments 1. Member States shall permit investment firms to deposit financial instruments held by them on behalf of their clients into an account or accounts opened with a third party provided that the firms exercise all due skill, care and diligence in the selection, appointment and periodic review of the third party and of the arrangements for the holding and safekeeping of those financial instruments. In particular, Member States shall require investment firms to take into account the expertise and market reputation of the third party as well as any legal requirements or market practices related to the holding of those financial instruments that could adversely affect clients' rights. 2. Member States shall ensure that, if the safekeeping of financial instruments for the account of another person is subject to specific regulation and supervision in a jurisdiction where an investment firm proposes to deposit client financial instruments with a third party, the investment firm does not deposit those financial instruments in that jurisdiction with a third party which is not subject to such regulation and supervision. 3. Member States shall ensure that investment firms do not deposit financial instruments held on behalf of clients with a third party in a third country that does not regulate the holding and safekeeping of financial instruments for the account of another person unless one of the following conditions is met: a) the nature of the financial instruments or of the investment services connected with those instruments requires them to be deposited with a European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments third party in that third country; b) where the financial instruments are held on behalf of a professional client, that client requests the firm in writing to deposit them with a third party in that third country. Article 18 Depositing client funds 1. Member States shall require investment firms, on receiving any client funds, promptly to place those funds into one or more accounts opened with any of the following: a) a central bank; b) a credit institution authorised in accordance with Directive 2000/12/EC; Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations c) a bank authorised in a third country; d) a qualifying money market fund. The first subparagraph shall not apply to a credit institution authorised under Directive 2006/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2006 relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions (recast) [10] 0 in relation to deposits within the meaning of that Directive held by that institution. 2. For the purposes of point (d) of paragraph 1, and of Article 16(1)(e), a "qualifying money market fund" means a collective investment undertaking authorised under Directive 85/611/EEC, or which is subject to supervision and, if applicable, authorised by an authority under the national law of a Member State, and which satisfies the following conditions: a) its primary investment objective must be to maintain the net asset value of the undertaking either constant at par (net of earnings), or at the value of the investors' initial capital plus earnings; b) it must, with a view to achieving that primary investment objective, invest exclusively in high quality money market instruments with a maturity or residual maturity of no more than 397 days, or regular yield 75 76 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments adjustments consistent with such a maturity, and with a weighted World Bank Working Paper average maturity of 60 days. It may also achieve this objective by investing on an ancillary basis in deposits with credit institutions; c) it must provide liquidity through same day or next day settlement. For the purposes of point (b), a money market instrument shall be considered to be of high quality if it has been awarded the highest available credit rating by each competent rating agency which has rated that instrument. An instrument that is not rated by any competent rating agency shall not be considered to be of high quality. For the purposes of the second subparagraph, a rating agency shall be considered to be competent if it issues credit ratings in respect of money market funds regularly and on a professional basis and is an eligible ECAI within the meaning of Article 81(1) of Directive 2006/48/EC. 3. Member States shall require that, where investment firms do not deposit client funds with a central bank, they exercise all due skill, care and diligence in the selection, appointment and periodic review of the credit institution, bank or money market fund where the funds are placed and the arrangements for the holding of those funds. Member States shall ensure, in particular, that investment firms take into account the expertise and market reputation of such institutions or money market funds with a view to ensuring the protection of clients' rights, as well as any legal or regulatory requirements or market practices related to the holding of client funds that could adversely affect clients' rights. Member States shall ensure that clients have the right to oppose the placement of their funds in a qualifying money market fund. Article 19 Use of client financial instruments 1. Member States shall not allow investment firms to enter into arrangements for securities financing transactions in respect of financial instruments held by them on behalf of a client, or otherwise use such financial instruments for their European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments own account or the account of another client of the firm, unless the following conditions are met: a) the client must have given his prior express consent to the use of the instruments on specified terms, as evidenced, in the case of a retail client, by his signature or equivalent alternative mechanism; b) the use of that client's financial instruments must be restricted to the specified terms to which the client consents. 2. Member States may not allow investment firms to enter into arrangements for securities financing transactions in respect of financial instruments which are held on behalf of a client in an omnibus account maintained by a third party, or otherwise use financial instruments held in such an account for their own account or for the account of another client unless, in addition to the conditions Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations set out in paragraph 1, at least one of the following conditions is met: a) each client whose financial instruments are held together in an omnibus account must have given prior express consent in accordance with point (a) of paragraph 1; b) the investment firm must have in place systems and controls which ensure that only financial instruments belonging to clients who have given prior express consent in accordance with point (a) of paragraph 1 are so used. The records of the investment firm shall include details of the client on whose instructions the use of the financial instruments has been effected, as well as the number of financial instruments used belonging to each client who has given his consent, so as to enable the correct allocation of any loss. Article 20 Reports by external auditors Member States shall require investment firms to ensure that their external auditors report at least annually to the competent authority of the home Member State of the firm on the adequacy of the firm's arrangements under Articles 13(7) and (8) of 77 78 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Directive 2004/39/EC and this Section. World Bank Working Paper x Obligation for on-going supervision x Obligation for on-going supervision MiFID, Article 17 Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act. 1. Member States shall ensure that the competent authorities monitor the Within 6 months of the date of the granting of registration to a broker or dealer, the activities of investment firms so as to assess compliance with the operating Commission, or upon the authorization and direction of the Commission, a conditions provided for in Directive 2004/39/EC. Member States shall ensure registered securities association or national securities exchange of which such that the appropriate measures are in place to enable the competent authorities broker or dealer is a member, shall conduct an inspection of the broker or dealer to to obtain the information needed to assess the compliance of investment firms determine whether it is operating in conformity with the provisions of the Securities with those obligations. and Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. 2. In the case of investment firms which provide only investment advice, Member Additionally please see organizational requirements for Regulated Markets. States may allow the competent authority to delegate administrative, Exchanges in the United States must be able at all the times to ensure compliance preparatory or ancillary tasks related to the regular monitoring of operational of members with rules and regulation of the SEC and exchange and enforce those requirements, in accordance with the conditions laid down in Article 48(2). rules and regulation. x Obligation to identify Conflict of Interest x Obligation to identify Conflict of Interest MiFID, Article 18 Sec 10b(5) of the Securities Exchange Act 1. Member States shall require investment firms to take all reasonable steps to General. The "manipulative and deceptive devices" prohibited by Section 10(b) of the Act identify conflicts of interest between themselves, including their managers, and Rule 10b-5 thereunder include, among other things, the purchase or sale of a employees and tied agents, or any person directly or indirectly linked to them security of any issuer, on the basis of material nonpublic information about that security or by control and their clients or between one client and another that arise in the issuer, in breach of a duty of trust or confidence that is owed directly, indirectly, or course of providing any investment and ancillary services, or combinations derivatively, to the issuer of that security or the shareholders of that issuer, or to any other thereof. person who is the source of the material nonpublic information. 2. Where organisational or administrative arrangements made by the investment firm in accordance with Article 13(3) to manage conflicts of interest are not Rule 15c1-5 and Rule 15c1-6 of the Securities Exchange Act sufficient to ensure, with reasonable confidence, that risks of damage to client interests will be prevented, the investment firm shall clearly disclose the general nature and/or sources of conflicts of interest to the client before The term "manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance," as used in European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments undertaking business on its behalf. Section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any act of any broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer controlled by, controlling, or under common control with, the Implementing measures - MiFID level 2Directive 2006/73/EC Article 21 issuer of any security, designed to effect with or for the account of a customer any transaction in, or to induce the purchase or sale by such customer of, such security unless such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer, before entering into any Member States shall ensure that, for the purposes of identifying the types of conflict of contract with or for such customer for the purchase or sale of such security, discloses to interest that arise in the course of providing investment and ancillary services or a such customer the existence of such control, and unless such disclosure, if not made in combination thereof and whose existence may damage the interests of a client, writing, is supplemented by the giving or sending of written disclosure at or before the investment firms take into account, by way of minimum criteria, the question of whether completion of the transaction. the investment firm or a relevant person, or a person directly or indirectly linked by control to the firm, is in any of the following situations, whether as a result of providing investment or ancillary services or investment activities or otherwise: The term "manipulative, deceptive, or other fraudulent device or contrivance," as used in Section 15(c)(1) of the Act, is hereby defined to include any act of any broker who is Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 1. the firm or that person is likely to make a financial gain, or avoid a financial acting for a customer or for both such customer and some other person, or of any dealer loss, at the expense of the client; or municipal securities dealer who receives or has promise of receiving a fee from a 2. the firm or that person has an interest in the outcome of a service provided to customer for advising such customer with respect to securities, designed to effect with or the client or of a transaction carried out on behalf of the client, which is distinct for the account of such customer any transaction in, or to induce the purchase or sale by from the client's interest in that outcome; such customer of, any security in the primary or secondary distribution of which such 3. the firm or that person has a financial or other incentive to favor the interest of broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer is participating or is otherwise financially another client or group of clients over the interests of the client; interested unless such broker, dealer or municipal securities dealer, at or before the 4. the firm or that person carries on the same business as the client; the firm or completion of each such transaction gives or sends to such customer written notification that person receives or will receive from a person other than the client an of the existence of such participation or interest. inducement in relation to a service provided to the client, in the form of monies, goods or services, other than the standard commission or fee for that service. Sec. 15D of the Securities Exchange Act. Securities analysts and research reports Conflicts of interest policy 1. Member States shall require investment firms to establish, implement and 1. Analysts protections. The Commission, or upon the authorization and direction maintain an effective conflicts of interest policy set out in writing and of the Commission, a registered securities association or national securities appropriate to the size and organization of the firm and the nature, scale and exchange, shall have adopted, not later than 1 year after July 30, 2002, rules complexity of its business. Where the firm is a member of a group, the policy reasonably designed to address conflicts of interest that can arise when must also take into account any circumstances, of which the firm is or should securities analysts recommend equity securities in research reports and be aware, which may give rise to a conflict of interest arising as a result of the public appearances, in order to improve the objectivity of research and provide structure and business activities of other members of the group. 79 80 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 2. The conflicts of interest policy established in accordance with paragraph 1 investors with more useful and reliable information, including rules designed World Bank Working Paper shall include the following content: x to foster greater public confidence in securities research, and to a) it must identify, with reference to the specific investment services protect the objectivity and independence of securities analysts, by - and activities and ancillary services carried out by or on behalf of 1. restricting the prepublication clearance or approval of the investment firm, the circumstances which constitute or may give research reports by persons employed by the broker or dealer rise to a conflict of interest entailing a material risk of damage to the who are engaged in investment banking activities, or persons interests of one or more clients; not directly responsible for investment research, other than b) it must specify procedures to be followed and measures to be legal or compliance staff; adopted in order to manage such conflicts. 2. limiting the supervision and compensatory evaluation of 3. Member States shall ensure that the procedures and measures provided for in securities analysts to officials employed by the broker or paragraph 2(b) are designed to ensure that relevant persons engaged in dealer who are not engaged in investment banking activities; different business activities involving a conflict of interest of the kind specified and in paragraph 2(a) carry on those activities at a level of independence 3. requiring that a broker or dealer and persons employed by a appropriate to the size and activities of the investment firm and of the group to broker or dealer who are involved with investment banking which it belongs, and to the materiality of the risk of damage to the interests of activities may not, directly or indirectly, retaliate against or clients. threaten to retaliate against any securities analyst employed by that broker or dealer or its affiliates as a result of an For the purposes of paragraph 2(b), the procedures to be followed and adverse, negative, or otherwise unfavorable research report measures to be adopted shall include such of the following as are necessary that may adversely affect the present or prospective and appropriate for the firm to ensure the requisite degree of independence: investment banking relationship of the broker or dealer with a) effective procedures to prevent or control the exchange of the issuer that is the subject of the research report, except information between relevant persons engaged in activities that such rules may not limit the authority of a broker or involving a risk of a conflict of interest where the exchange of that dealer to discipline a securities analyst for causes other than information may harm the interests of one or more clients; such research report in accordance with the policies and procedures of the firm; b) the separate supervision of relevant persons whose principal functions involve carrying out activities on behalf of, or providing services to, clients whose interests may conflict, or who otherwise x to define periods during which brokers or dealers who have represent different interests that may conflict, including those of the participated, or are to participate, in a public offering of securities as firm; underwriters or dealers should not publish or otherwise distribute c) the removal of any direct link between the remuneration of relevant research reports relating to such securities or to the issuer of such European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments persons principally engaged in one activity and the remuneration of, securities; or revenues generated by, different relevant persons principally x to establish structural and institutional safeguards within registered engaged in another activity, where a conflict of interest may arise in brokers or dealers to assure that securities analysts are separated by relation to those activities; appropriate informational partitions within the firm from the review, d) measures to prevent or limit any person from exercising pressure, or oversight of those whose involvement in investment inappropriate influence over the way in which a relevant person banking activities might potentially bias their judgment or supervision; carries out investment or ancillary services or activities; and e) measures to prevent or control the simultaneous or sequential x to address such other issues as the Commission, or such association involvement of a relevant person in separate investment or ancillary or exchange, determines appropriate. services or activities where such involvement may impair the proper 2. Disclosure. The Commission, or upon the authorization and direction of the management of conflicts of interest. If the adoption or the practice Commission, a registered securities association or national securities of one or more of those measures and procedures does not ensure exchange, shall have adopted, not later than 1 year after July 30, Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations the requisite degree of independence, Member States shall require 2002, rules reasonably designed to require each securities analyst to investment firms to adopt such alternative or additional measures disclose in public appearances, and each registered broker or dealer and procedures as are necessary and appropriate for those to disclose in each research report, as applicable, conflicts of interest purposes. that are known or should have been known by the securities analyst or 4. Member States shall ensure that disclosure to clients, pursuant to Article 18(2) the broker or dealer, to exist at the time of the appearance or the date of Directive 2004/39/EC, is made in a durable medium and includes sufficient of distribution of the report, including detail, taking into account the nature of the client, to enable that client to take x the extent to which the securities analyst has debt or equity an informed decision with respect to the investment or ancillary service in the investments in the issuer that is the subject of the appearance or context of which the conflict of interest arises. research report; x whether any compensation has been received by the registered broker or dealer, or any affiliate thereof, including the securities analyst, from Article 23 the issuer that is the subject of the appearance or research report, Record of services or activities giving rise to detrimental conflict of interest subject to such exemptions as the Commission may determine appropriate and necessary to prevent disclosure by virtue of this paragraph of material non-public information regarding specific Member States shall require investment firms to keep and regularly to update a record of potential future investment banking transactions of such issuer, as is the kinds of investment or ancillary service or investment activity carried out by or on appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of behalf of the firm in which a conflict of interest entailing a material risk of damage to the investors; interests of one or more clients has arisen or, in the case of an ongoing service or activity, 81 82 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments may arise. x whether an issuer, the securities of which are recommended in the World Bank Working Paper appearance or research report, currently is, or during the 1-year period Article 24 preceding the date of the appearance or date of distribution of the report has been, a client of the registered broker or dealer, and if so, Investment research stating the types of services provided to the issuer; 1. For the purposes of Article 25, `investment research' means research or other x whether the securities analyst received compensation with respect to a information recommending or suggesting an investment strategy, explicitly or research report, based upon (among any other factors) the investment implicitly, concerning one or several financial instruments or the issuers of banking revenues (either generally or specifically earned from the financial instruments, including any opinion as to the present or future value or issuer being analyzed) of the registered broker or dealer; and price of such instruments, intended for distribution channels or for the public, and in relation to which the following conditions are met: x such other disclosures of conflicts of interest that are material to a) it is labeled or described as investment research or in similar terms, or is investors, research analysts, or the broker or dealer as the otherwise presented as an objective or independent explanation of the Commission, or such association or exchange, determines matters contained in the recommendation; appropriate. b) if the recommendation in question were made by an investment firm to a NASD Rule 2711. Research Analysts and Research Reports client, it would not constitute the provision of investment advice for the (a) Definitions purposes of Directive 2004/39/EC. For purposes of this rule, the following terms shall be defined as provided. 2. A recommendation of the type covered by Article 1(3) of Directive 2003/125/EC but (1) "Equity security" has the same meaning as defined in Section 3(a)(11) of the relating to financial instruments as defined in Directive 2004/39/EC that does not Securities Exchange Act of 1934. meet the conditions set out in paragraph 1 shall be treated as a marketing (2) "Investment banking department" means any department or division, whether or not communication for the purposes of Directive 2004/39/EC and Member States shall identified as such, that performs any investment banking service on behalf of a member. require any investment firm that produces or disseminates the recommendation to (3) "Investment banking services" include, without limitation, acting as an underwriter or ensure that it is clearly identified as such. Additionally, Member States shall require participating in a selling group in an offering for the issuer; acting as a financial adviser in those firms to ensure that any such recommendation contains a clear and prominent a merger or acquisition; providing venture capital, equity lines of credit, private statement that (or, in the case of an oral recommendation, to the effect that) it has investment, public equity transactions (PIPEs) or similar investments; or serving as not been prepared in accordance with legal requirements designed to promote the placement agent for the issuer. independence of investment research, and that it is not subject to any prohibition on (4) "Member of a research analyst's household" means any individual whose principal dealing ahead of the dissemination of investment research. residence is the same as the research analyst's principal residence. This term does not include an unrelated person who shares the same residence as a research analyst provided that the research analyst and unrelated person are financially independent of Article 25 one another. European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Additional organizational requirements where a firm produces and disseminates (5) "Public appearance" means any participation in a conference call, seminar, forum investment research (including an interactive electronic forum) or other public speaking activity before 15 or more persons or before one or more representatives of the media, radio, television or 1. Member States shall require investment firms which produce, or arrange for the print media interview, or the writing of a print media article, in which a research analyst production of, investment research that is intended or likely to be subsequently makes a recommendation or offers an opinion concerning an equity security. This term disseminated to clients of the firm or to the public, under their own responsibility does not include a password protected Webcast, conference call or similar event with 15 or that of a member of their group, to ensure the implementation of all the or more existing customers, provided that all of the event participants previously received measures set out in Article 22(3) in relation to the financial analysts involved in the most current research report or other documentation that contains the required the production of the investment research and other relevant persons whose applicable disclosures, and that the research analyst appearing at the event corrects and responsibilities or business interests may conflict with the interests of the persons updates during the public appearance any disclosures in the research report that are to whom the investment research is disseminated. inaccurate, misleading or no longer applicable. 2. Member States shall require investment firms covered by paragraph 1 to have in (6) "Research analyst" means the associated person who is primarily responsible for, and Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations place arrangements designed to ensure that the following conditions are any associated person who reports directly or indirectly to such a research analyst in satisfied: connection with, preparation of the substance of a research report, whether or not any such person has the job title of "research analyst." x financial analysts and other relevant persons must not undertake personal (7) "Research analyst account" means any account in which a research analyst or transactions or trade, other than as market makers acting in good faith and member of the research analyst's household has a financial interest, or over which such in the ordinary course of market making or in the execution of an analyst has discretion or control, other than an investment company registered under the unsolicited client order, on behalf of any other person, including the Investment Company Act of 1940.This term does not include a "blind trust" account that is investment firm, in financial instruments to which investment research controlled by a person other than the research analyst or member of the research relates, or in any related financial instruments, with knowledge of the likely analyst's household where neither the research analyst nor a member of the research timing or content of that investment research which is not publicly analyst's household knows of the account's investments or investment transactions. available or available to clients and cannot readily be inferred from information that is so available, until the recipients of the investment (8) "Research department" means any department or division, whether or not identified as research have had a reasonable opportunity to act on it; such, that is principally responsible for preparing the substance of a research report on behalf of a member. x in circumstances not covered by point (a), financial analysts and any other relevant persons involved in the production of investment research must (9) "Research Report" means any written (including electronic) communication that not undertake personal transactions in financial instruments to which the includes an analysis of equity securities of individual companies or industries, and that investment research relates, or in any related financial instruments, provides information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision. contrary to current recommendations, except in exceptional circumstances This term does not include: and with the prior approval of a member of the firm's legal or compliance (A) communications that are limited to the following: 83 84 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments function; (i) discussions of broad-based indices; World Bank Working Paper x the investment firms themselves, financial analysts, and other relevant (ii) commentaries on economic, political or market conditions; persons involved in the production of the investment research must not (iii) technical analyses concerning the demand and supply for a sector, index or industry accept inducements from those with a material interest in the subject- based on trading volume and price; matter of the investment research; (iv) statistical summaries of multiple companies' financial data, including listings of current x the investment firms themselves, financial analysts, and other relevant ratings; persons involved in the production of the investment research must not (v) recommendations regarding increasing or decreasing holdings in particular industries promise issuers favorable research coverage; or sectors; or x issuers, relevant persons other than financial analysts, and any other (vi) notices of ratings or price target changes, provided that the member simultaneously persons must not before the dissemination of investment research be directs the readers of the notice to the most recent research report on the subject permitted to review a draft of the investment research for the purpose of company that includes all current applicable disclosures required by this rule and that verifying the accuracy of factual statements made in that research, or for such research report does not contain materially misleading disclosure, including any other purpose other than verifying compliance with the firm's legal disclosures that are outdated or no longer applicable; obligations, if the draft includes a recommendation or a target price. (B) the following communications, even if they include an analysis of an individual equity x For the purposes of this paragraph, `related financial instrument' security and information reasonably sufficient upon which to base an investment decision: means a financial instrument the price of which is closely affected (i) any communication distributed to fewer than 15 persons; by price movements in another financial instrument which is the (ii) periodic reports or other communications prepared for investment company subject of investment research, and includes a derivative on that shareholders or discretionary investment account clients that discuss individual securities other financial instrument.Member States shall exempt investment in the context of a fund's or account's past performance or the basis for previously made firms which disseminate investment research produced by another discretionary investment decisions; or person to the public or to clients from complying with paragraph 1 if the following criteria are met: the person that produces the (iii) internal communications that are not given to current or prospective customers; and investment research is not a member of the group to which the (C) communications that constitute statutory prospectuses that are filed as part of the investment firm belongs; registration statement. x the investment firm does not substantially alter the (10) "Subject company" means the company whose equity securities are the subject of a recommendations within the investment research; research report or a public appearance. x the investment firm does not present the investment research as (b) Restrictions on Relationship with Research Department having been produced by it; (1) No research analyst may be subject to the supervision or control of any employee of x the investment firm verifies that the producer of the research is the member's investment banking department, and no personnel engaged in investment subject to requirements equivalent to the requirements under this banking activities may have any influence or control over the compensatory evaluation of European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Directive in relation to the production of that research, or has a research analyst. established a policy setting such requirements. (2) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3), no employee of the investment banking department or any other employee of the member who is not directly responsible for investment research ("non-research personnel"), other than legal or compliance personnel, may review or approve a research report of the member before its publication. (3) Non-research personnel may review a research report before its publication as necessary only to verify the factual accuracy of information in the research report or identify any potential conflict of interest, provided that: (A) any written communication between non-research personnel and research department personnel concerning the content of a research report must be made either through authorized legal or compliance personnel of the member or in a transmission copied to such personnel; and Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations (B) any oral communication between non-research personnel and research department personnel concerning the content of a research report must be documented and made either through authorized legal or compliance personnel acting as intermediary or in a conversation conducted in the presence of such personnel. (c) Restrictions on Communications with the Subject Company (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3), a member may not submit a research report to the subject company before its publication. (2) A member may submit sections of such a research report to the subject company before its publication for review as necessary only to verify the factual accuracy of information in those sections, provided that: (A) the sections of the research report submitted to the subject company do not contain the research summary, the research rating or the price target; (B) a complete draft of the research report is provided to legal or compliance personnel before sections of the report are submitted to the subject company; and (C) if after submitting the sections of the research report to the subject company the research department intends to change the proposed rating or price target, it must first provide written justification to, and receive written authorization from, legal or compliance personnel for the change. The member must retain copies of any draft and the final 85 86 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments version of such a research report for three years following its publication. World Bank Working Paper (3) The member may notify a subject company that the member intends to change its rating of the subject company's securities, provided that the notification occurs on the business day before the member announces the rating change, after the close of trading in the principal market of the subject company's securities. (4) No research analyst may participate in efforts to solicit investment banking business. Accordingly, no research analyst may, among other things, participate in any "pitches" for investment banking business to prospective investment banking clients, or have other communications with companies for the purpose of soliciting investment banking business. (5) A research analyst is prohibited from directly or indirectly: (A) participating in a road show related to an investment banking services transaction; and (B) engaging in any communication with a current or prospective customer in the presence of investment banking department personnel or company management about an investment banking services transaction. (6) Investment banking department personnel are prohibited from directly or indirectly: (A) directing a research analyst to engage in sales or marketing efforts related to an investment banking services transaction; and (B) directing a research analyst to engage in any communication with a current or prospective customer about an investment banking services transaction. (7) Any written or oral communication by a research analyst with a current or prospective customer or internal personnel related to an investment banking services transaction must be fair, balanced and not misleading, taking into consideration the overall context in which the communication is made. (d) Restrictions on Research Analyst Compensation (1) No member may pay any bonus, salary or other form of compensation to a research analyst that is based upon a specific investment banking services transaction. (2) The compensation of a research analyst who is primarily responsible for the European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments preparation of the substance of a research report must be reviewed and approved at least annually by a committee that reports to the member's board of directors, or when the member has no board of directors, to a senior executive officer of the member. This committee may not have representation from the member's investment banking department. The committee must consider the following factors when reviewing such a research analyst's compensation, if applicable: (A) the research analyst's individual performance, including the analyst's productivity and the quality of the analyst's research; (B) the correlation between the research analyst's recommendations and the stock price performance; and (C) the overall ratings received from clients, sales force, and peers independent of the member's investment banking department, and other independent ratings services. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations The committee may not consider as a factor in reviewing and approving such a research analyst's compensation his or her contributions to the member's investment banking business. The committee must document the basis upon which each such research analyst's compensation was established. The annual attestation required by Rule 2711(i) must certify that the committee reviewed and approved each such research analyst's compensation and documented the basis upon which this compensation was established. (e) Prohibition of Promise of Favorable Research No member may directly or indirectly offer favorable research, a specific rating or a specific price target, or threaten to change research, a rating or a price target, to a company as consideration or inducement for the receipt of business or compensation. (f) Restrictions on Publishing Research Reports and Public Appearances; Termination of Coverage (1) No member may publish or otherwise distribute a research report and no research analyst may make a public appearance regarding a subject company for which the member acted as manager or co-manager of: (A) an initial public offering, for 40 calendar days following the date of the offering; or (B) a secondary offering, for 10 calendar days following the date of the offering; provided that: 87 88 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (i) paragraphs (f)(1)(A) and (f)(1)(B) will not prevent a member from publishing or World Bank Working Paper otherwise distributing a research report, or prevent a research analyst from making a public appearance, concerning the effects of significant news or a significant event on the subject company within such 40- and 10-day periods, and provided further that legal or compliance personnel authorize publication of that research report before it is issued or authorize the public appearance before it is made; and (ii) paragraph (f)(1)(B) will not prevent a member from publishing or otherwise distributing a research report pursuant to SEC Rule 139 regarding a subject company with "actively- traded securities," as defined in Regulation M, 17 CFR 242.101(c)(1), and will not prevent a research analyst from making a public appearance concerning such a company. (2) No member that has agreed to participate or is participating as an underwriter or dealer (other than as manager or co-manager) of an issuer's initial public offering may publish or otherwise distribute a research report or make a public appearance regarding that issuer for 25 calendar days after the date of the offering. (3) For purposes of paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2), the term "date of the offering" refers to the later of the effective date of the registration statement or the first date on which the security was bona fide offered to the public. (4) No member that has acted as a manager or co-manager of a securities offering may publish or otherwise distribute a research report or make a public appearance concerning a subject company 15 days prior to and after the expiration, waiver or termination of a lock-up agreement or any other agreement that the member has entered into with a subject company or its shareholders that restricts or prohibits the sale of securities held by the subject company or its shareholders after the completion of a securities offering. This paragraph will not prevent a member from publishing or otherwise distributing a research report concerning the effects of significant news or a significant event on the subject company within such period, provided legal or compliance personnel authorize publication of that research report before it is issued. In addition, this paragraph shall not apply to the publication or distribution of a research report pursuant to SEC Rule 139 regarding a subject company with "actively traded securities," as defined in Regulation M, 17 CFR 242.101(c)(1), or to a public appearance concerning such a subject company. (5) If a member intends to terminate its research coverage of a subject company, notice European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments of this termination must be made. The member must make available a final research report on the subject company using the means of dissemination equivalent to those it ordinarily uses to provide the customer with its research reports on the subject company. The report must be comparable in scope and detail to prior research reports and must include a final recommendation or rating, unless it is impracticable for the member to produce a comparable report (e.g., if the research analyst covering the subject company or sector has left the member or if the member terminates coverage of the industry or sector). If it is impracticable to produce a final recommendation or rating, the final research report must disclose the member's rationale for the decision to terminate coverage. (g) Restrictions on Personal Trading by Research Analysts (1) No research analyst account may purchase or receive any securities before the Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations issuer's initial public offering if the issuer is principally engaged in the same types of business as companies that the research analyst follows. (2) No research analyst account may purchase or sell any security issued by a company that the research analyst follows, or any option on or derivative of such security, for a period beginning 30 calendar days before and ending five calendar days after the publication of a research report concerning the company or a change in a rating or price target of the company's securities; provided that: (A) a member may permit a research analyst account to sell securities held by the account that are issued by a company that the research analyst follows, within 30 calendar days after the research analyst began following the company for the member; (B) a member may permit a research analyst account to purchase or sell any security issued by a subject company within 30 calendar days before the publication of a research report or change in the rating or price target of the subject company's securities due to significant news or a significant event concerning the subject company, provided that legal or compliance personnel pre-approve the research report and any change in the rating or price target. (3) No research analyst account may purchase or sell any security or any option on or derivative of such security in a manner inconsistent with the research analyst's recommendation as reflected in the most recent research report published by the 89 90 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments member. World Bank Working Paper (4) Legal or compliance personnel may authorize a transaction otherwise prohibited by paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) based upon an unanticipated significant change in the personal financial circumstances of the beneficial owner of the research analyst account, provided that: (A) legal or compliance personnel authorize the transaction before it is entered; (B) each exception is granted in compliance with policies and procedures adopted by the member that are reasonably designed to ensure that these transactions do not create a conflict of interest between the professional responsibilities of the research analyst and the personal trading activities of a research analyst account; and (C) the member maintains written records concerning each transaction and the justification for permitting the transaction for three years following the date on which the transaction is approved. (5) The prohibitions in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(3) do not apply to a purchase or sale of the securities of: (A) any registered diversified investment company as defined under Section (5)(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (B) any other investment fund over which neither the research analyst nor a member of the research analyst's household has any investment discretion or control, provided that: (i) the research analyst accounts collectively own interests representing no more than 1% of the assets of the fund; (ii) the fund invests no more than 20% of its assets in securities of issuers principally engaged in the same types of business as companies that the research analyst follows; and (iii) if the investment fund distributes securities in kind to the research analyst or household member before the issuer's initial public offering, the research analyst or household member must either divest those securities immediately or the research analyst must refrain from participating in the preparation of research reports concerning that issuer. (6) Legal or compliance personnel of the member shall pre-approve all transactions of European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments persons who oversee research analysts to the extent such transactions involve equity securities of subject companies covered by the research analysts that they oversee. This pre-approval requirement shall apply to all persons, such as the director of research, supervisory analyst, or member of a committee, who have direct influence or control with respect to the preparation of the substance of research reports or establishing or changing a rating or price target of a subject company's equity securities. (h) Disclosure Requirements (1) Ownership and Material Conflicts of Interest A member must disclose in research reports and a research analyst must disclose in public appearances: (A) if the research analyst or a member of the research analyst's household has a Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations financial interest in the securities of the subject company, and the nature of the financial interest (including, without limitation, whether it consists of any option, right, warrant, future, long or short position); (B) if, as of the end of the month immediately preceding the date of publication of the research report or the public appearance (or the end of the second most recent month if the publication date is less than 10 calendar days after the end of the most recent month), the member or its affiliates beneficially own 1% or more of any class of common equity securities of the subject company. Computation of beneficial ownership of securities must be based upon the same standards used to compute ownership for purposes of the reporting requirements under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; (C) any other actual, material conflict of interest of the research analyst or member of which the research analyst knows or has reason to know at the time of publication of the research report or at the time of the public appearance. (2) Receipt of Compensation (A) A member must disclose in research reports: (i) if the research analyst received compensation: a. based upon (among other factors) the member's investment banking revenues; or b. from the subject company in the past 12 months. 91 92 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (ii) the member or affiliate: World Bank Working Paper a. managed or co-managed a public offering of securities for the subject company in the past 12 months; b. received compensation for investment banking services from the subject company in the past 12 months; or c. expects to receive or intends to seek compensation for investment banking services from the subject company in the next 3 months. (iii) if (1) as of the end of the month immediately preceding the date of publication of the research report (or the end of the second most recent month if the publication date is less than 30 calendar days after the end of the most recent month) or (2) to the extent the research analyst or an employee of the member with the ability to influence the substance of the research knows: a. the member received any compensation for products or services other than investment banking services from the subject company in the past 12 months; or b. the subject company currently is, or during the 12-month period preceding the date of distribution of the research report was, a client of the member. In such cases, the member also must disclose the types of services provided to the subject company. For purposes of this Rule 2711(h)(2), the types of services provided to the subject company shall be described as investment banking services, non-investment banking securities-related services, and non-securities services. (iv) if, to the extent the research analyst or an employee of the member with the ability to influence the substance of the research report knows an affiliate of the member received any compensation for products or services other than investment banking services from the subject company in the past 12 months. (v) if, to the extent the research analyst or member has reason to know, an affiliate of the member received any compensation for products or services other than investment banking services from the subject company in the past 12 months. a. This requirement will be deemed satisfied if such compensation is disclosed in research reports within 30 days after completion of the last calendar quarter, provided that the member has taken steps reasonably designed to identify any such compensation European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments during that calendar quarter. This requirement shall not apply to any subject company as to which the member initiated coverage since the beginning of the current calendar quarter. b. The research analyst and the member will be presumed not to have reason to know whether an affiliate received any compensation for products or services other than investment banking services from the subject company in the past 12 months if the member maintains and enforces policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the research analysts and employees of the member with the ability to influence the substance of research reports from, directly or indirectly, receiving information from the affiliate concerning whether the affiliate received such compensation. (vi) For the purposes of this Rule 2711(h)(2), an employee of the member with the ability to influence the substance of the research report is an employee who, in the ordinary Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations course of that person's duties, has the authority to review the particular research report and to change that research report prior to publication. (B) A research analyst must disclose in public appearances: (i) if, to the extent the research analyst knows or has reason to know, the member or any affiliate received any compensation from the subject company in the past 12 months; (ii) if the research analyst received any compensation from the subject company in the past 12 months; or (iii) if, to the extent the research analyst knows or has reason to know, the subject company currently is, or during the 12-month period preceding the date of distribution of the research report, was, a client of the member. In such cases, the research analyst also must disclose the types of services provided to the subject company, if known by the research analyst. (C) A member or research analyst will not be required to make a disclosure required by paragraphs (h)(2)(A)(ii)(b) and (c), (h)(2)(A)(iii)(b), or (h)(2)(B)(i) and (iii) to the extent such disclosure would reveal material non-public information regarding specific potential future investment banking transactions of the subject company. (3) Position as Officer or Director A member must disclose in research reports and a research analyst must disclose in 93 94 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments public appearances if the research analyst or a member of the research analyst's World Bank Working Paper household serves as an officer, director or advisory board member of the subject company. (4) Meaning of Ratings If a research report contains a rating, the member must define in the research report the meaning of each rating used by the member in its rating system. The definition of each rating must be consistent with its plain meaning. (5) Distribution of Ratings (A) Regardless of the rating system that a member employs, a member must disclose in each research report the percentage of all securities rated by the member to which the member would assign a "buy," "hold/neutral," or "sell" rating. (B) In each research report, the member must disclose the percentage of subject companies within each of these three categories for whom the member has provided investment banking services within the previous twelve months. (C) The information that is disclosed under paragraphs (h)(5)(A) and (h)(5)(B) must be current as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter (or the second most recent calendar quarter if the publication date is less than 15 calendar days after the most recent calendar quarter) and must reflect the distribution of the most recent ratings issued by the member for all subject companies, unless the most recent rating was issued more than 12 months ago. (D) The requirements of paragraph (h)(5) shall not apply to any research report that does not contain a rating. (6) Price Chart If a research report contains either a rating or a price target, and the member has assigned a rating or price target to the subject company's securities rating for at least one year, the research report must include a line graph of the security's daily closing prices for the period that the member has assigned any rating or price target or for a three-year period, whichever is shorter. The line graph must: (A) indicate the dates on which the member assigned or changed each rating or price target; European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (B) depict each rating and price target assigned or changed on those dates; and (C) be current as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter (or the second most recent calendar quarter if the publication date is less than 15 calendar days after the most recent calendar quarter). (7) Price Targets If a research report contains a price target, the member must disclose in the research report the valuation methods used to determine the price target. Price targets must have a reasonable basis and must be accompanied by a disclosure concerning the risks that may impede achievement of the price target. (8) Market Making A member must disclose in research reports if it was making a market in the subject Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations company's securities at the time that the research report was published. (9) Disclosure Required by Other Provisions In addition to the disclosure required by this rule, members and research analysts must provide disclosure in research reports and public appearances that is required by applicable law or regulation, including FINRA Rule 2210 and the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws. (10) Prominence of Disclosure The disclosures required by this paragraph (h) must be presented on the front page of research reports or the front page must refer to the page on which disclosures are found. Disclosures and references to disclosures must be clear, comprehensive and prominent. (11) Disclosures in Research Reports Covering Six or More Companies When a member distributes a research report covering six or more subject companies (a "compendium report"), for purposes of the disclosures required in paragraph (h), the compendium report may direct the reader in a clear manner as to where they may obtain applicable current disclosures. Electronic compendium reports may include a hyperlink to the required disclosures. Paper-based compendium reports must provide either a toll-free number to call or a postal address to write for the required disclosures and may also include a web address of the member where the disclosures can be found. 95 96 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (12) Records of Public Appearances World Bank Working Paper Members must maintain records of public appearances by research analysts sufficient to demonstrate compliance by those research analysts with the applicable disclosure requirements under paragraph (h) of this Rule. Such records must be maintained for three years from the date of the public appearance. (13) Third-Party Research Reports (A) Subject to paragraph (h)(13)(B) of this Rule, if a member distributes or makes available any third-party research report, the member must accompany the research report with, or provide a web address that directs the recipient to, the current applicable disclosures, as they pertain to the member, required by paragraphs (h)(1)(B), (h)(1)(C), (h)(2)(A)(ii) and (h)(8) of this Rule. Members must establish written supervisory policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure the completeness and accuracy of all applicable disclosures. (B) The requirements of paragraph (h)(13)(A) of this Rule shall not apply to independent third-party research reports made available by a member to its customers: (i) upon request; (ii) in connection with a solicited order in which a registered representative has informed the customer, during the solicitation, of the availability of independent research on the solicited equity security, and the customer requests such independent research; or (iii) through a member-maintained web site. (C) Subject to paragraph (h)(13)(D) of this Rule, a registered principal (or supervisory analyst approved pursuant to Rule 344 of the New York Stock Exchange) must approve by signature or initial all third-party research reports distributed by a member. The approval of third-party research shall be based on a review by the designated principal (or supervisory analyst approved pursuant to NYSE Rule 344) to determine that the content of the research report, pursuant to Rule 2210(d)(1)(B), contains no untrue statement of material fact or is otherwise not false or misleading. For the purposes of this Rule only, a member's obligation to review a third-party research report pursuant to Rule 2210(d)(1)(B) extends to any untrue statement of material fact or any false or misleading information that: European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments a. should be known from reading the report; or b. is known based on information otherwise possessed by the member. (D) The requirements of paragraph (h)(13)(C) of this Rule shall not apply to independent third-party research reports distributed or made available by a member. (E) For the purposes of this Rule, "third-party research report" shall mean a research report that is produced by a person or entity other than the member and "independent third-party research report" shall mean a third-party research report, in respect of which the person or entity producing the report: (i) has no affiliation or business or contractual relationship with the distributing member or that member's affiliates that is reasonably likely to inform the content of its research reports; and Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations (ii) makes content determinations without any input from the distributing member or that member's affiliates. (i) Supervisory Procedures Each member subject to this rule must adopt and implement written supervisory procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the member and its employees comply with the provisions of this rule (including the attestation requirements of Rule 2711(d)(2)), and a senior officer of such a member must attest annually to NASD by April 1 of each year that it has adopted and implemented those procedures. (j) Prohibition of Retaliation Against Research Analysts No member and no employee of a member who is involved with the member's investment banking activities may, directly or indirectly, retaliate against or threaten to retaliate against any research analyst employed by the member or its affiliates as a result of an adverse, negative, or otherwise unfavorable research report or public appearance written or made by the research analyst that may adversely affect the member's present or prospective investment banking relationship with the subject company of a research report. This prohibition shall not limit a member's authority to discipline or terminate a research analyst, in accordance with the member's policies and procedures, for any cause other than the writing of such an unfavorable research report or the making of such an unfavorable public appearance. 97 98 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (k) Exceptions for Small Firms World Bank Working Paper The provisions of paragraph (b) shall not apply to members that over the previous three years, on average per year, have participated in 10 or fewer investment banking services transactions as manager or co-manager and generated $5 million or less in gross investment banking services revenues from those transactions. For purposes of this paragraph (k), the term "investment banking services transactions" includes the underwriting of both corporate debt and equity securities but not municipal securities. Members that qualify for this exemption must maintain records for three years of any communication that, but for this exemption, would be subject to paragraph (b) of this Rule. x Conduct of business obligations when providing investment services to clients x Conduct of Business Obligations MiFID, level 1, Article 19. NASD Rule IM-2310-2. Fair Dealing with Customers (a) 1. Member States shall require that, when providing investment services and/or, (1) Implicit in all member and registered representative relationships with customers where appropriate, ancillary services to clients, an investment firm act and others is the fundamental responsibility for fair dealing. Sales efforts must honestly, fairly and professionally in accordance with the best interests of its therefore be undertaken only on a basis that can be judged as being within the clients and comply, in particular, with the principles set out in paragraphs 2 to ethical standards of the Association's Rules, with particular emphasis on the 8 bellow. requirement to deal fairly with the public. 2. All information, including marketing communications, addressed by the (2) This does not mean that legitimate sales efforts in the securities business are to investment firm to clients or potential clients shall be fair, clear and not be discouraged by requirements which do not take into account the variety of misleading. Marketing communications shall be clearly identifiable as such. circumstances which can enter into the member-customer relationship. It does 3. Appropriate information shall be provided in a comprehensible form to clients mean, however, that sales efforts must be judged on the basis of whether or potential clients about: they can be reasonably said to represent fair treatment for the persons to whom the sales efforts are directed, rather than on the argument that they x the investment firm and its services, result in profits to customers. x financial instruments and proposed investment strategies; this (b) District Business Conduct Committees and the Board of Governors have should include appropriate guidance on and warnings of the risks interpreted the Rules, taken disciplinary action and imposed penalties in many European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments associated with investments in those instruments or in respect of situations where members' sales efforts have exceeded the reasonable grounds particular investment strategies, of fair dealing. Some practices that have resulted in disciplinary action and that x execution venues, and clearly violate this responsibility for fair dealing are set forth below, as a guide to members: x costs and associated charges (1) Recommending Speculative Low-Priced Securities so that they are reasonably able to understand the nature and risks of the investment service and of the specific type of financial instrument that is being Recommending speculative low-priced securities to customers without knowledge offered and, consequently, to take investment decisions on an informed basis. of or attempt to obtain information concerning the customers' other securities This information may be provided in a standardized format. holdings, their financial situation and other necessary data. The principle here is that this practice, by its very nature, involves a high probability that the 4. When providing investment advice or portfolio management the recommendation will not be suitable for at least some of the persons solicited. investment firm shall obtain the necessary information regarding the This has particular application to high pressure telephone sales campaigns. client's or potential client's knowledge and experience in the investment (2) Excessive Trading Activity Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations field relevant to the specific type of product or service, his financial situation and his investment objectives so as to enable the firm to recommend to the Excessive activity in a customer's account, often referred to as "churning" or client or potential client the investment services and financial instruments that "overtrading." There are no specific standards to measure excessiveness of are suitable for him. activity in customer accounts because this must be related to the objectives and 5. Member States shall ensure that investment firms, when providing investment financial situation of the customer involved. services other than investment advice or portfolio management (for (3) Trading in Mutual Fund Shares example simple execution), ask the client or potential client to provide Trading in mutual fund shares, particularly on a short-term basis. It is clear that information regarding his knowledge and experience in the investment normally these securities are not proper trading vehicles and such activity on its field relevant to the specific type of product or service offered or face may raise the question of Rule violation. demanded so as to enable the investment firm to assess whether the (4) Fraudulent Activity investment service or product envisaged is appropriate for the client. In (A) Numerous instances of fraudulent conduct have been acted upon by the case the investment firm considers, on the basis of the information received Association and have resulted in penalties against members. Among some of under the previous subparagraph, that the product or service is not appropriate these activities are: to the client or potential client, the investment firm shall warn the client or potential client. This warning may be provided in a standardized format. In (i) Fictitious Accounts cases where the client or potential client elects not to provide the information Establishment of fictitious accounts in order to execute transactions which referred to under the first subparagraph, or where he provides insufficient otherwise would be prohibited, such as the purchase of hot issues, or to disguise information regarding his knowledge and experience, the investment firm shall transactions which are against firm policy. warn the client or potential client that such a decision will not allow the firm to (ii) Discretionary Accounts determine whether the service or product envisaged is appropriate for him. 99 100 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments This warning may be provided in a standardized format. Transactions in discretionary accounts in excess of or without actual authority World Bank Working Paper 6. Member States shall allow investment firms when providing investment from customers. services that only consist of execution and/or the reception and (iii) Unauthorized Transactions transmission of client orders with or without ancillary services to provide Causing the execution of transactions which are unauthorized by customers or those investment services to their clients without the need to obtain the the sending of confirmations in order to cause customers to accept transactions information or make the determination provided for in paragraph 5 where not actually agreed upon. all the following conditions are met: (iv) Misuse of Customers' Funds or Securities x the above services relate to shares admitted to trading on a Unauthorized use or borrowing of customers' funds or securities. Regulated Market or in an equivalent third country market, money (B) In addition, other fraudulent activities, such as forgery, non-disclosure or market instruments, bonds or other forms of securitized debt misstatement of material facts, manipulations and various deceptions, have been (excluding those bonds or securitized debt that embed a found in violation of Association Rules. These same activities are also subject to derivative), UCITS and other non-complex financial the civil and criminal laws and sanctions of federal and state governments. instruments; (5) Recommending Purchases Beyond Customer Capability x the service is provided at the initiative of the client or potential client; Recommending the purchase of securities or the continuing purchase of securities in amounts which are inconsistent with the reasonable expectation that x the client or potential client has been clearly informed that in the the customer has the financial ability to meet such a commitment. provision of this service the investment firm is not required to assess the suitability of the instrument or service provided or (c) While most members are fully aware of the fairness required in dealing with offered and that therefore he does not benefit from the customers, it is anticipated that the practices enumerated in paragraph (b), which corresponding protection of the relevant conduct of business rules; are not all inclusive, will be of future assistance in the training and education of this warning may be provided in a standardized format; new personnel. (d) The Commission has also recognized that brokers and dealers have an x the investment firm complies with its obligations under Article 18 obligation of fair dealing in actions under the general anti-fraud provisions of (conflict of interest). the federal securities laws. The Commission bases this obligation on the principle that when a securities dealer opens his business he is, in effect, 7. The investment firm shall establish a record that includes the document or representing that he will deal fairly with the public. Certain of the Commission's documents agreed between the firm and the client that set out the rights and cases on fair dealing involve practices not covered in the foregoing illustrations. obligations of the parties, and the other terms on which the firm will provide Usually, any breach of the obligation of fair dealing as determined by the services to the client. The rights and duties of the parties to the contract may Commission under the anti-fraud provisions of the securities laws could be be incorporated by reference to other documents or legal texts. considered a violation of the Association's Rules. 8. The client must receive from the investment firm adequate reports on the (e) Fair Dealing with Customers with Regard to Derivative Products or New European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments service provided to its clients. These reports shall include, where applicable, Financial Products the costs associated with the transactions and services undertaken on behalf The Board emphasizes members' obligations for fair dealing with customers when of the client. making recommendations or accepting orders for new financial products. As new 9. In cases where an investment service is offered as part of a financial product products are introduced from time to time, it is important that members which is already subject to other provisions of Community legislation or make every effort to familiarize themselves with each customer's financial common European standards related to credit institutions and consumer situation, trading experience, and ability to meet the risks involved with credits with respect to risk assessment of clients and/or information such products and to make every effort to make customers aware of the requirements, this service shall not be additionally subject to the obligations pertinent information regarding the products. Members must follow specific set out in this Article. guidelines, set forth below, for qualifying the accounts to trade the products and for supervising the accounts thereafter. Relevant provisions from the implementing regulation (1) Security Futures Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations MiFID level 2, directive 2006/73/EC, Article 26 Members must comply with the Rules, regulations and procedures applicable to security futures contained in Rule 2865. Member States shall ensure that investment firms are not regarded as acting honestly, (2)Index Warrants fairly and professionally in accordance with the best interests of a client if, in relation to Members are obliged to comply with the Rules, regulations and procedures the provision of an investment or ancillary service to the client, they pay or are paid any applicable to index warrants and foreign currency warrants contained in the Rule fee or commission, or provide or are provided with any non-monetary benefit, other than 2840 Series. the following: (3)Hybrid Securities and Selected Equity-Linked Debt Securities ("SEEDS") 1. a fee, commission or non-monetary benefit paid or provided to or by the client Listed on Nasdaq as Global Market Securities or a person on behalf of the client; With respect to Hybrid Securities and Selected Equity-Linked Debt Securities 2. a fee, commission or non-monetary benefit paid or provided to or by a third ("SEEDS") that have been listed as Nasdaq Global Market Securities, members party or a person acting on behalf of a third party, where the following are obligated to comply with any Rules, regulations, or procedures applicable to conditions are satisfied: such securities. i. the existence, nature and amount of the fee, commission or benefit, or, where the amount cannot be ascertained, the method of Recommendations to Customers (Suitability) calculating that amount, must be clearly disclosed to the client, in a manner that is comprehensive, accurate and understandable, prior NASD Rule 2310 to the provision of the relevant investment or ancillary service; 1. In recommending to a customer the purchase, sale or exchange of any ii. the payment of the fee or commission, or the provision of the non- security, a member shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the monetary benefit must be designed to enhance the quality of the 101 102 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments relevant service to the client and not impair compliance with the recommendation is suitable for such customer upon the basis of the facts, if World Bank Working Paper firm's duty to act in the best interests of the client; any, disclosed by such customer as to his other security holdings and as to his 3. proper fees which enable or are necessary for the provision of investment financial situation and needs. services, such as custody costs, settlement and exchange fees, regulatory 2. Prior to the execution of a transaction recommended to a non-institutional levies or legal fees, and which, by their nature, cannot give rise to conflicts customer, other than transactions with customers where investments are with the firm's duties to act honestly, fairly and professionally in accordance limited to money market mutual funds, a member shall make reasonable with the best interests of its clients. efforts to obtain information concerning: Member States shall permit an investment firm, for the purposes of point (2)(i), to disclose x the customer's financial status; the essential terms of the arrangements relating to the fee, commission or non-monetary x the customer's tax status; benefit in summary form, provided that it undertakes to disclose further details at the request of the client and provided that it honors that undertaking. x the customer's investment objectives; and x such other information used or considered to be reasonable by such Article 27, Conditions with which information must comply in order to be fair, clear member or registered representative in making recommendations to the and not misleading customer. 1. Member States shall require investment firms to ensure that all information they address to, or disseminate in such a way that it is likely 3. For purposes of this Rule, the term "non "non-institutional customer" shall to be received by, retail clients or potential retail clients, including mean a customer that does not qualify as an "institutional account" under Rule marketing communications, satisfies the following conditions (paragraphs 2 3110 to 8). 2. The information referred to in paragraph 1 shall include the name of the IM-2310-3. Suitability Obligations to Institutional Customers investment firm. It shall be accurate and in particular shall not emphasise any potential benefits of an investment service or financial instrument without also giving a fair and prominent indication of any relevant risks. It shall be sufficient Rule 2310(a) requires that, In recommending to a customer the purchase, sale or for, and presented in a way that is likely to be understood by, the average exchange of any security, a member shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the member of the group to whom it is directed, or by whom it is likely to be recommendation is suitable for such customer upon the basis of the facts, if any, received. It shall not disguise, diminish or obscure important items, statements disclosed by such customer as to his other security holdings and as to his financial or warnings. situation and needs. 3. Where the information compares investment or ancillary services, financial This interpretation concerns only the manner in which a member determines that a instruments, or persons providing investment or ancillary services, the recommendation is suitable for a particular institutional customer. The manner in which a following conditions shall be satisfied: member fulfills this suitability obligation will vary depending on the nature of the customer and the specific transaction. Accordingly, this interpretation deals only with guidance European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments a) the comparison must be meaningful and presented in a fair and balanced regarding how a member may fulfill such "customer-specific suitability obligations" under way; Rule 2310. b) the sources of the information used for the comparison must be specified; While it is difficult to define in advance the scope of a member's suitability obligation with c) the key facts and assumptions used to make the comparison must be respect to a specific institutional customer transaction recommended by a member, the included. Board (NASD Board) has identified certain factors which may be relevant when 4. Where the information contains an indication of past performance of a financial considering compliance with Rule 2310. These factors are not intended to be instrument, a financial index or an investment service, the following conditions requirements or the only factors to be considered but are offered merely as guidance in shall be satisfied: determining the scope of a member's suitability obligations. a) that indication must not be the most prominent feature of the communication; Considerations Regarding the Scope of Members' Obligations to Institutional b) the information must include appropriate performance information which Customers Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations covers the immediately preceding 5 years, or the whole period for which The two most important considerations in determining the scope of a member's suitability the financial instrument has been offered, the financial index has been obligations in making recommendations to an institutional customer are the customer's established, or the investment service has been provided if less than five capability to evaluate investment risk independently and the extent to which the years, or such longer period as the firm may decide, and in every case that customer is exercising independent judgment in evaluating a member's performance information must be based on complete 12-month periods; recommendation. A member must determine, based on the information available to it, c) the reference period and the source of information must be clearly stated; the customer's capability to evaluate investment risk. In some cases, the member may conclude that the customer is not capable of making independent investment decisions in d) the information must contain a prominent warning that the figures refer to general. In other cases, the institutional customer may have general capability, but may the past and that past performance is not a reliable indicator of future not be able to understand a particular type of instrument or its risk. This is more likely to results; arise with relatively new types of instruments, or those with significantly different risk or e) where the indication relies on figures denominated in a currency other than volatility characteristics than other investments generally made by the institution. If a that of the Member State in which the retail client or potential retail client is customer is either generally not capable of evaluating investment risk or lacks sufficient resident, the currency must be clearly stated, together with a warning that capability to evaluate the particular product, the scope of a member's customer-specific the return may increase or decrease as a result of currency fluctuations; obligations under the suitability rule would not be diminished by the fact that the member f) where the indication is based on gross performance, the effect of was dealing with an institutional customer. On the other hand, the fact that a customer commissions, fees or other charges must be disclosed. initially needed help understanding a potential investment need not necessarily imply that 5. Where the information includes or refers to simulated past performance, it the customer did not ultimately develop an understanding and make an independent must relate to a financial instrument or a financial index, and the following investment decision. conditions shall be satisfied: A member may conclude that a customer is exercising independent judgment if the 103 a) the simulated past performance must be based on the actual past customer's investment decision will be based on its own independent assessment of the 104 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments performance of one or more financial instruments or financial indices which opportunities and risks presented by a potential investment, market factors and other World Bank Working Paper are the same as, or underlie, the financial instrument concerned; investment considerations. Where the broker-dealer has reasonable grounds for b) in respect of the actual past performance referred to in point (a), the concluding that the institutional customer is making independent investment decisions conditions set out in points (a) to (c), (e) and (f) of paragraph 4 must be and is capable of independently evaluating investment risk, then a member's obligation to complied with; determine that a recommendation is suitable for a particular customer is fulfilled.3 Where c) the information must contain a prominent warning that the figures refer to a customer has delegated decision-making authority to an agent, such as an investment simulated past performance and that past performance is not a reliable advisor or a bank trust department, this interpretation shall be applied to the agent. indicator of future performance. A determination of capability to evaluate investment risk independently will depend on an 6. Where the information contains information on future performance, the examination of the customer's capability to make its own investment decisions, including following conditions shall be satisfied: the resources available to the customer to make informed decisions. Relevant considerations could include: a) the information must not be based on or refer to simulated past performance; x the use of one or more consultants, investment advisers or bank trust departments; b) it must be based on reasonable assumptions supported by objective data; x the general level of experience of the institutional customer in financial c) where the information is based on gross performance, the effect of markets and specific experience with the type of instruments under commissions, fees or other charges must be disclosed; consideration; d) it must contain a prominent warning that such forecasts are not a reliable indicator of future performance. x the customer's ability to understand the economic features of the security involved; 7. Where the information refers to a particular tax treatment, it shall prominently state that the tax treatment depends on the individual circumstances of each x the customer's ability to independently evaluate how market developments client and may be subject to change in the future. would affect the security; and 8. The information shall not use the name of any competent authority in such a x the complexity of the security or securities involved. way that would indicate or suggest endorsement or approval by that authority A determination that a customer is making independent investment decisions will depend of the products or services of the investment firm. on the nature of the relationship that exists between the member and the customer. Relevant considerations could include: Article 28, Information concerning client categorization x any written or oral understanding that exists between the member and the customer regarding the nature of the relationship between the member and the customer and the services to be rendered by the member; 1. Member States shall ensure that investment firms notify new clients, and existing clients that the investment firm has newly categorised as required by x the presence or absence of a pattern of acceptance of the member's Directive 2004/39/EC, of their categorization as a retail client, a professional recommendations; European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments client or an eligible counterparty in accordance with that Directive. x the use by the customer of ideas, suggestions, market views and 2. Member States shall ensure that investment firms inform clients in a durable information obtained from other members or market professionals, medium about any right that client has to request a different categorization and particularly those relating to the same type of securities; and about any limitations to the level of client protection that it would entail. x the extent to which the member has received from the customer current 3. Member States shall permit investment firms, either on their own initiative or at comprehensive portfolio information in connection with discussing the request of the client concerned: recommended transactions or has not been provided important information a) to treat as a professional or retail client a client that might otherwise be regarding its portfolio or investment objectives. classified as an eligible counterparty pursuant to Article 24(2) of Directive Members are reminded that these factors are merely guidelines which will be utilized to 2004/39/EC; determine whether a member has fulfilled its suitability obligations with respect to a b) to treat as a retail client a client that is considered as a professional client specific institutional customer transaction and that the inclusion or absence of any of pursuant to Section I of Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC. these factors is not dispositive of the determination of suitability. Such a determination Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations can only be made on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration all the facts and circumstances of a particular member/customer relationship, assessed in the context of a Article 29, General requirements for information to clients particular transaction. For purposes of this interpretation, an institutional customer shall be any entity other than 1. Member States shall require investment firms, in good time before a retail a natural person. In determining the applicability of this interpretation to an institutional client or potential retail client is bound by any agreement for the provision of customer, the Association will consider the dollar value of the securities that the investment services or ancillary services or before the provision of those institutional customer has in its portfolio and/or under management. While this services, whichever is the earlier, to provide that client or potential client with interpretation is potentially applicable to any institutional customer, the guidance the following information: contained herein is more appropriately applied to an institutional customer with at least a) the terms of any such agreement; $10 million invested in securities in the aggregate in its portfolio and/or under b) the information required by Article 30 relating to that agreement or to those management. investment or ancillary services. 2. Member States shall require investment firms, in good time before the FINRA Rule 2114. Recommendations to Customers in OTC Equity Securities provision of investment services or ancillary services to retail clients or potential retail clients, to provide the information required under Articles 30 to Preliminary Note: The requirements of this Rule are in addition to other existing member 33. obligations under FINRA rules and the federal securities laws, including obligations to 3. Member States shall require investment firms to provide professional clients determine suitability of particular securities transactions with customers and to with the information referred to in Article 32 (5) and (6) in good time before the have a reasonable basis for any recommendation made to a customer. This Rule is provision of the service concerned. not intended to act or operate as a presumption or as a safe harbor for purposes of 105 106 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 4. The information referred to in paragraphs 1 to 3 shall be provided in a durable determining suitability or for any other legal obligation or requirement imposed under World Bank Working Paper medium or by means of a website (where that does not constitute a durable NASD rules or the federal securities laws. medium) provided that the conditions specified in Article 3(2) are satisfied. 4. Review Requirement. No member or person associated with a member shall 5. By way of exception to paragraphs 1 and 2, Member States shall permit recommend that a customer purchase or sell short any equity security that is investment firms, in the following circumstances, to provide the information published or quoted in a quotation medium and that either (1) is not listed on required under paragraph 1 to a retail client immediately after that client is Nasdaq or on a national securities exchange or (2) is listed on a regional bound by any agreement for the provision of investment services or ancillary securities exchange and does not qualify for dissemination of transaction services, and the information required under paragraph 2 immediately after reports via the Consolidated Tape, unless the member has reviewed the starting to provide the service: current financial statements of the issuer, current material business a) the firm was unable to comply with the time limits specified in information about the issuer, and made a determination that such information, paragraphs 1 and 2 because, at the request of the client, the and any other information available, provides a reasonable basis under the agreement was concluded using a means of distance communication circumstances for making the recommendation. which prevents the firm from providing the information in accordance 5. Definitions with paragraph 1 or 2; (1) For purposes of this Rule, the term "current financial statements" shall include: b) in any case where Article 3(3) of Directive 2002/65/EC of the European (A) For issuers that are not foreign private issuers, parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2002 concerning the (i) a balance sheet as of a date less than 15 months before the date of distance marketing of consumer financial services and amending the recommendation; Council Directive 90/619/EEC and Directives 97/7/EC and 98/27/EC (1) does not otherwise apply, the investment firm complies with the (ii) a statement of profit and loss for the 12 months preceding the date of requirements of that Article in relation to the retail client or potential the balance sheet; retail client, as if that client or potential client were a `consumer' and the (iii) if the balance sheet is not as of a date less than 6 months before the investment firm were a `supplier' within the meaning of that Directive. date of the recommendation, additional statements of profit and loss 6. Member State shall ensure that investment firms notify a client in good time for the period from the date of the balance sheet to a date less than about any material change to the information provided under Articles 30 to 33 6 months before the date of the recommendation; which is relevant to a service that the firm is providing to that client. That (iv) publicly available financial statements and other financial reports notification shall be given in a durable medium if the information to which it filed during the 12 months preceding the date of the relates is given in a durable medium. recommendation and up to the date of the recommendation with the 7. Member States shall require investment firms to ensure that information issuer's principal financial or securities regulatory authority in its contained in a marketing communication is consistent with any information the home jurisdiction, including the Commission, foreign regulatory firm provides to clients in the course of carrying on investment and ancillary authorities, bank and insurance regulators; and services. (v) all publicly available financial information filed with the Commission European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 8. Member States shall ensure that, where a marketing communication contains during the 12 months preceding the date of the recommendation an offer or invitation of the following nature and specifies the manner of contained in registration statements or Regulation A filings. response or includes a form by which any response may be made, it includes (B) For foreign private issuers, such of the information referred to in Articles 30 to 33 as is relevant to that (i) a balance sheet as of a date less than 18 months before the date of offer or invitation: the recommendation; a) an offer to enter into an agreement in relation to a financial instrument (ii) a statement of profit and loss for the 12 months preceding the date or investment service or ancillary service with any person who of the balance sheet; responds to the communication; (iii) if the balance sheet is not as of a date less than 9 months before the b) an invitation to any person who responds to the communication to date of the recommendation, additional statements of profit and loss make an offer to enter into an agreement in relation to a financial for the period from the date of the balance sheet to a date less than instrument or investment service or ancillary service. 9 months before the date of the recommendation, if any such Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations However, the first subparagraph shall not apply if, in order to respond to an offer or statements have been prepared by the issuer; and invitation contained in the marketing communication, the potential retail client must refer (iv) publicly available financial statements and other financial reports filed to another document or documents, which, alone or in combination, contain that during the 12 months preceding the date of the recommendation information. and up to the date of the recommendation with the issuer's principal financial or securities regulatory authority in its home jurisdiction, Article 30, Information about the investment firm and its including the Commission, foreign regulatory authorities, bank and services for retail clients and potential retail clients insurance regulators. (2) For purposes of this Rule, the term "quotation medium" shall mean any: 1. Member States shall require investment firms to provide retail clients or (A) System of general circulation to brokers or dealers that regularly potential retail clients with the following general information, where relevant: disseminates quotations or indications of interest of identified a) the name and address of the investment firm, and the contact details brokers or dealers; or necessary to enable clients to communicate effectively with the firm; (B) Publication, alternative trading system or other device that is used b) the languages in which the client may communicate with the investment by brokers or dealers to disseminate quotations or indications of firm, and receive documents and other information from the firm; interest to others. c) the methods of communication to be used between the investment firm and (c) Compliance Requirements the client including, where relevant, those for the sending and reception of (1) A member shall designate a registered person to conduct the review required orders; by this Rule. In making such designation, the member must ensure that: d) a statement of the fact that the investment firm is authorized and the name (A) Either the person is registered as a Series 24 principal, or the 107 person's conduct in complying with the provisions of this Rule is 108 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments and contact address of the competent authority that has authorized it; appropriately supervised by a Series 24 principal; and World Bank Working Paper e) where the investment firm is acting through a tied agent, a statement of this (B) Such designated person has the requisite skills, background and fact specifying the Member State in which that agent is registered; knowledge to conduct the review required under this Rule. f) the nature, frequency and timing of the reports on the performance of the (2) The member shall document the information reviewed, the date of the review, service to be provided by the investment firm to the client in accordance and the name of the person performing the review of the required information. with Article 19(8) of Directive 2004/39/EC; (d) Additional Review Requirement for Delinquent Filers g) if the investment firm holds client financial instruments or client funds, a If an issuer has not made current filings required by the issuer's principal summary description of the steps which it takes to ensure their protection, financial or securities regulatory authority in its home jurisdiction, including including summary details of any relevant investor compensation or deposit the Commission, foreign regulatory authorities, or bank and insurance guarantee scheme which applies to the firm by virtue of its activities in a regulators, such review must include an inquiry into the circumstances Member State; concerning the failure to make current filings, and a determination, based on h) a description, which may be provided in summary form, of the conflicts of all the facts and circumstances, that the recommendation is appropriate interest policy maintained by the firm in accordance with Article 22; under the circumstances. Such a determination must be made in writing and i) at any time that the client requests it, further details of that conflicts of maintained by the member. interest policy in a durable medium or by means of a website (where that (e) Exemptions does not constitute a durable medium) provided that the conditions (1) The requirements of this Rule shall not apply to: specified in Article 3(2) are satisfied. (A) Transactions that meet the requirements of Rule 504 of Regulation 2. Member States shall ensure that, when providing the service of portfolio D (related to companies when they offer and sell up to $1,000,000 management, investment firms establish an appropriate method of evaluation of their securities in any 12-month period) and transactions with an and comparison such as a meaningful benchmark, based on the investment issuer not involving any public offering pursuant to Section 4(2) of objectives of the client and the types of financial instruments included in the the Securities Act; client portfolio, so as to enable the client for whom the service is provided to (B) Transactions with or for an account that qualifies as an assess the firm's performance. "institutional account" under Rule 3110(c)(4) or with a customer 3. Member States shall require that where investment firms propose to provide that is a "qualified institutional buyer" under Rule 144A promulgated portfolio management services to a retail client or potential retail client, they under the Securities Act or "qualified purchaser" under Section provide the client, in addition to the information required under paragraph 1, 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940; with such of the following information as is applicable: (C) Transactions in an issuer's securities if the issuer has at least $50 a) information on the method and frequency of valuation of the financial million in total assets and $10 million in shareholder's equity as instruments in the client portfolio; stated in the issuer's most recent audited current financial b) details of any delegation of the discretionary management of all or part of statements, as defined in this Rule; European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments the financial instruments or funds in the client portfolio; (D) Transactions in securities of a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of c) a specification of any benchmark against which the performance of the the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and/or insurance company client portfolio will be compared; subject to regulation by a state or federal bank or insurance d) the types of financial instrument that may be included in the client portfolio regulatory authority; and types of transaction that may be carried out in such instruments, (E) A security with a worldwide average daily trading volume value of at including any limits; least $100,000 during each month of the six full calendar months e) the management objectives, the level of risk to be reflected in the immediately before the date of the recommendation; manager's exercise of discretion, and any specific constraints on that (F) A convertible security, if the underlying security meets the discretion. requirement of Section (e)(1)(E) of this Rule; (G) A security that has a bid price, as published in a quotation medium, Article 31, Information about financial instruments of at least $50 per share. If the security is a unit composed of one Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations or more securities, the bid price of the unit divided by the number of shares of the unit that are not warrants, options, rights, or similar 1. Member States shall require investment firms to provide clients or potential securities must be at least $50; or clients with a general description of the nature and risks of financial (2) Pursuant to the Rule 9600 Series, NASD, for good cause shown after taking instruments, taking into account, in particular, the client's categorization as into consideration all relevant factors, may exempt any person, security or either a retail client or a professional client. That description must explain the transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities or transactions, nature of the specific type of instrument concerned, as well as the risks either unconditionally or on specified terms, from any or all of the requirements particular to that specific type of instrument in sufficient detail to enable the of this Rule if it determines that such exemption is consistent with the purpose client to take investment decisions on an informed basis. of this Rule, the protection of investors, and the public interest. 2. The description of risks shall include, where relevant to the specific type of instrument concerned and the status and level of knowledge of the client, the following elements: a) the risks associated with that type of financial instrument including an explanation of leverage and its effects and the risk of losing the entire investment; b) the volatility of the price of such instruments and any limitations on the available market for such instruments; c) the fact that an investor might assume, as a result of transactions in such instruments, financial commitments and other additional obligations, 109 including contingent liabilities, additional to the cost of acquiring the 110 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments instruments; World Bank Working Paper d) any margin requirements or similar obligations, applicable to instruments of that type. Member States may specify the precise terms, or the contents, of the description of risks required under this paragraph. 3. If an investment firm provides a retail client or potential retail client with information about a financial instrument that is the subject of a current offer to the public and a prospectus has been published in connection with that offer in accordance with Directive 2003/71/EC, that firm shall inform the client or potential client where that prospectus is made available to the public. 4. Where the risks associated with a financial instrument composed of two or more different financial instruments or services are likely to be greater than the risks associated with any of the components, the investment firm shall provide an adequate description of the components of that instrument and the way in which its interaction increases the risks. 5. In the case of financial instruments that incorporate a guarantee by a third party, the information about the guarantee shall include sufficient detail about the guarantor and the guarantee to enable the retail client or potential retail client to make a fair assessment of the guarantee. Article 32, Information requirements concerning safeguarding of client financial instruments or client funds 1. Member States shall ensure that, where investment firms hold financial instruments or funds belonging to retail clients, they provide those retail clients or potential retail clients with such of the information specified in paragraphs 2 to 7 as is relevant. 2. The investment firm shall inform the retail client or potential retail client where the financial instruments or funds of that client may be held by a third party on behalf of the investment firm and of the responsibility of the investment firm European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments under the applicable national law for any acts or omissions of the third party and the consequences for the client of the insolvency of the third party. 3. Where financial instruments of the retail client or potential retail client may, if permitted by national law, be held in an omnibus account by a third party, the investment firm shall inform the client of this fact and shall provide a prominent warning of the resulting risks. 4. The investment firm shall inform the retail client or potential retail client where it is not possible under national law for client financial instruments held with a third party to be separately identifiable from the proprietary financial instruments of that third party or of the investment firm and shall provide a prominent warning of the resulting risks. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 5. The investment firm shall inform the client or potential client where accounts that contain financial instruments or funds belonging to that client or potential client are or will be subject to the law of a jurisdiction other than that of a Member State and shall indicate that the rights of the client or potential client relating to those financial instruments or funds may differ accordingly. 6. An investment firm shall inform the client about the existence and the terms of any security interest or lien which the firm has or may have over the client's financial instruments or funds, or any right of set-off it holds in relation to those instruments or funds. Where applicable, it shall also inform the client of the fact that a depository may have a security interest or lien over, or right of set-off in relation to those instruments or funds. 7. An investment firm, before entering into securities financing transactions in relation to financial instruments held by it on behalf of a retail client, or before otherwise using such financial instruments for its own account or the account of another client, shall in good time before the use of those instruments provide Article 33, Information about costs and associated charges 111 112 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Member States shall require investment firms to provide their retail clients and potential World Bank Working Paper retail clients with information on costs and associated charges that includes such of the following elements as are relevant: a) the total price to be paid by the client in connection with the financial instrument or the investment service or ancillary service, including all related fees, commissions, charges and expenses, and all taxes payable via the investment firm or, if an exact price cannot be indicated, the basis for the calculation of the total price so that the client can verify it; b) where any part of the total price referred to in point (a) is to be paid in or represents an amount of foreign currency, an indication of the currency involved and the applicable currency conversion rates and costs; c) notice of the possibility that other costs, including taxes, related to transactions in connection with the financial instrument or the investment service may arise for the client that are not paid via the investment firm or imposed by it; d) the arrangements for payment or other performance. For the purposes of point (a), the commissions charged by the firm shall be itemized separately in every case. Suitability test. MiFID level 2, Directive 2006/73/EC, Article 35, Assessment of suitability 1. Member States shall ensure that investment firms obtain from clients or potential clients such information as is necessary for the firm to understand the essential facts about the client and to have a reasonable basis for believing, giving due consideration to the nature and extent of the service provided, that the specific transaction to be recommended, or entered into in the course of providing a portfolio management service, satisfies the following criteria: European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments a) it meets the investment objectives of the client in question; b) it is such that the client is able financially to bear any related investment risks consistent with his investment objectives; c) it is such that the client has the necessary experience and knowledge in order to understand the risks involved in the transaction or in the management of his portfolio. 2. Where an investment firm provides an investment service to a professional client it shall be entitled to assume that, in relation to the products, transactions and services for which it is so classified, the client has the necessary level of experience and knowledge for the purposes of Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations paragraph 1(c). Where that investment service consists in the provision of investment advice to a professional client, the investment firm shall be entitled to assume for the purposes of paragraph 1(b) that the client is able financially to bear any related investment risks consistent with the investment objectives of that client. 3. The information regarding the financial situation of the client or potential client shall include, where relevant, information on the source and extent of his regular income, his assets, including liquid assets, investments and real property, and his regular financial commitments. 4. The information regarding the investment objectives of the client or potential client shall include, where relevant, information on the length of time for which the client wishes to hold the investment, his preferences regarding risk taking, his risk profile, and the purposes of the investment. 5. Where, when providing the investment service of investment advice or portfolio management, an investment firm does not obtain the information required under Article 19(4) of Directive 2004/39/EC, the firm shall not recommend investment services or financial instruments to the client or potential client. 113 114 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments World Bank Working Paper Article 36, Assessment of Appropriateness Member States shall require investment firms, when assessing whether an investment service as referred to in Article 19(5) of Directive 2004/39/EC (services that do not involve recommendation on the part of an investment firm, such as only execution for example) is appropriate for a client, to determine whether that client has the necessary experience and knowledge in order to understand the risks involved in relation to the product or investment service offered or demanded. For those purposes an investment firm shall be entitled to assume that a professional client has the necessary experience and knowledge in order to understand the risks involved in relation to those particular investment services or transactions, or types of transaction or product, for which the client is classified as a professional client. Article 37, Provisions common to the assessment of suitability or Appropriateness 1. Member States shall ensure that the information regarding a client's or potential client's knowledge and experience in the investment field includes the following, to the extent appropriate to the nature of the client, the nature and extent of the service to be provided and the type of product or transaction envisaged, including their complexity and the risks involved: a) the types of service, transaction and financial instrument with which the client is familiar; b) the nature, volume, and frequency of the client's transactions in financial instruments and the period over which they have been carried out; c) the level of education, and profession or relevant former profession of the European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments client or potential client. 2. An investment firm shall not encourage a client or potential client not to provide information required for the purposes of assessment of suitability and appropriateness. 3. An investment firm shall be entitled to rely on the information provided by its clients or potential clients unless it is aware or ought to be aware that the information is manifestly out of date, inaccurate or incomplete. Exemptions from Suitability and Appropriateness: See eligible counterparties under the Best Execution part Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations Article 39, Retail client agreement Member States shall require an investment firm that provides an investment service other than investment advice to a new retail client for the first time after the date of application of this Directive to enter into a written basic agreement, in paper or another durable medium, with the client setting out the essential rights and obligations of the firm and the client. The rights and duties of the parties to the agreement may be incorporated by reference to other documents or legal texts. x Best Execution Rule x Best Execution Rule MiFID, Article 21 NASD Rule 2320. Best Execution and Interpositioning 1. Member States shall require that investment firms take all reasonable steps to a. In any transaction for or with a customer or a customer of another broker- obtain, when executing orders, the best possible result for their clients taking dealer, a member and persons associated with a member shall use into account price, costs, speed, likelihood of execution and settlement, reasonable diligence to ascertain the best market for the subject security size, nature or any other consideration relevant to the execution of the and buy or sell in such market so that the resultant price to the customer order. Nevertheless, whenever there is a specific instruction from the client is as favorable as possible under prevailing market conditions. Among the investment firm shall execute the order following the specific instruction. the factors that will be considered in determining whether a member has used 2. Member States shall require investment firms to establish and implement "reasonable diligence" are: 115 116 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments effective arrangements for complying with paragraph 1. In particular Member x the character of the market for the security, e.g., price, volatility, World Bank Working Paper States shall require investment firms to establish and implement an order relative liquidity, and pressure on available communications; execution policy to allow them to obtain, for their client orders, the best x the size and type of transaction; possible result in accordance with paragraph 1. 3. The order execution policy shall include, in respect of each class of x the number of markets checked; instruments, information on the different venues where the investment firm x accessibility of the quotation; and executes its client orders and the factors affecting the choice of execution x the terms and conditions of the order which result in the transaction, venue. It shall at least include those venues that enable the investment firm to as communicated to the member and persons associated with the obtain on a consistent basis the best possible result for the execution of client member. orders. b. In any transaction for or with a customer, no member or person associated Member States shall require that investment firms provide appropriate with a member shall interject a third party between the member and the best information to their clients on their order execution policy. Member States shall available market except in cases where the member can demonstrate that to require that investment firms obtain the prior consent of their clients to the his knowledge at the time of the transaction the total cost or proceeds of the execution policy. transaction, as confirmed to the member acting for or with the customer, was Member States shall require that, where the order execution policy provides better than the prevailing inter-dealer market for the security. A member's for the possibility that client orders may be executed outside a Regulated obligations to his customer are generally not fulfilled when he channels Market or an MTF, the investment firm shall, in particular, inform its clients transactions through another broker/dealer or some person in a similar about this possibility. Member States shall require that investment firms position, unless he can show that by so doing he reduced the costs of obtain the prior express consent of their clients before proceeding to the transactions to the customer. execute their orders outside a Regulated Market or an MTF. Investment firms c. When a member cannot execute directly with a market maker but must may obtain this consent either in the form of a general agreement or in respect employ a broker's broker or some other means in order to insure an of individual transactions. execution advantageous to the customer, the burden of showing the 4. Member States shall require investment firms to monitor the effectiveness of acceptable circumstances for doing so is on the retail firm. Examples of their order execution arrangements and execution policy in order to identify acceptable circumstances are where a customer's order is "crossed" with and, where appropriate, correct any deficiencies. In particular, they shall another retail firm which has a corresponding order on the other side, or where assess, on a regular basis, whether the execution venues included in the order the identity of the retail firm, if known, would likely cause undue price execution policy provide for the best possible result for the client or whether movements adversely affecting the cost or proceeds to the customer. they need to make changes to their execution arrangements. Member States d. Failure to maintain or adequately staff an over-the-counter order room or other shall require investment firms to notify clients of any material changes to their department assigned to execute customers' orders cannot be considered order execution arrangements or execution policy. justification for executing away from the best available market; nor can 5. Member States shall require investment firms to be able to demonstrate to channeling orders through a third party as described above as reciprocation European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments their clients, at their request, that they have executed their orders in for service or business operate to relieve a member of his obligations. accordance with the firm's execution policy. However, the channeling of customers' orders through a broker's broker or third party pursuant to established correspondent relationships under which MiFID level 2, Directive 2006/73/EC, Article 44 executions are confirmed directly to the member acting as agent for the customer, such as where the third party gives up the name of the retail firm, Implementing measures are not prohibited if the cost of such service is not borne by the customer. Best execution criteria e. A member through whom a retail order is channeled, as described above, and x Member States shall ensure that, when executing client orders, who knowingly is a party to an arrangement whereby the initiating member has investment firms take into account the following criteria for determining not fulfilled his obligations under this Rule, will also be deemed to have the relative importance of the factors referred to in Article 21(1) of violated this Rule. Directive 2004/39/EC: f. The obligations described in paragraphs (1) through (5) above exist not only x Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations the characteristics of the client including the categorization of the client where the member acts as agent for the account of his customer but also as retail or professional; where retail transactions are executed as principal and contemporaneously x the characteristics of the client order; offset. x the characteristics of financial instruments that are the subject of that order; 1. Except as provided in subparagraph (3) below, in any transaction for or with a customer pertaining to the execution of an order in a non-exchange- x the characteristics of the execution venues to which that order can be listed security (as defined in the Rule 6600 Series), a member or person directed. associated with a member shall contact and obtain quotations from For the purposes of this Article and Article 46, `execution venue' means a three dealers (or all dealers if three or less) to determine the best inter- Regulated Market, an MTF, a systematic internaliser, or a market maker or dealer market for the subject security. other liquidity provider or an entity that performs a similar function in a third 2. Members that display priced quotations on a real-time basis for a non- country to the functions performed by any of the foregoing. exchange-listed security in two or more quotation mediums that permit x An investment firm satisfies its obligation under Article 21(1) of Directive quotation updates on a real-time basis must display the same priced 2004/39/EC to take all reasonable steps to obtain the best possible result quotations for the security in each medium. for a client to the extent that it executes an order or a specific aspect of 3. The requirements described in subparagraph (1) above shall not apply: an order following specific instructions from the client relating to the order A) when two or more priced quotations for a non-exchange-listed security or the specific aspect of the order. are displayed in an inter-dealer quotation system that permits quotation 3. Where an investment firm executes an order on behalf of a retail client, the updates on a real-time basis; or best possible result shall be determined in terms of the total consideration, B) to any transaction for or with a customer pertaining to the execution of an 117 representing the price of the financial instrument and the costs related to 118 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments execution, which shall include all expenses incurred by the client which order in a non-exchange-listed security of a foreign issuer that is part of World Bank Working Paper are directly related to the execution of the order, including execution the FTSE All-World Index if such transaction is executed during the venue fees, clearing and settlement fees and any other fees paid to third regular business hours of the foreign market for the foreign security and parties involved in the execution of the order. no trading halt or other similar trading or quoting restriction is in effect in any foreign market on which such foreign security is listed; or For the purposes of delivering best execution where there is more than one C) to any transaction for or with a customer pertaining to the execution of an competing venue to execute an order for a financial instrument, in order to order in a non-exchange-listed security that is listed on a Canadian assess and compare the results for the client that would be achieved by exchange, provided that (i) such order is executed by the member or a executing the order on each of the execution venues listed in the firm's order person associated with the member on a Canadian exchange in an execution policy that is capable of executing that order, the firm's own agency or riskless principal capacity; and (ii) the member or a person commissions and costs for executing the order on each of the eligible associated with the member conducts, pursuant to NASD Rule 2320(a) execution venues shall be taken into account in that assessment. and the duty of best execution, regular and rigorous reviews of the 4. Member States shall require that investment firms do not structure or charge quality of the execution of such orders in such securities. their commissions in such a way as to discriminate unfairly between execution 4. Definitions venues. For purposes of this paragraph (g): 5. Before 1 November 2008 the Commission shall present a report to the A) The term "inter-dealer quotation system" means any system of general European Parliament and to the Council on the availability, comparability and circulation to brokers or dealers that regularly disseminates quotations of consolidation of information concerning the quality of execution of various identified brokers or dealers. execution venues. B) The term "quotation medium" means any inter-dealer quotation system or any publication or electronic communications network or other device Exemption: An investment firm is not obliged to apply suitability test for eligible that is used by brokers or dealers to make known to others their interest counterparties (if they choose so) including investment firms, credit institutions, in transactions in any security, including offers to buy or sell at a stated insurance companies, pension funds and their management companies, other financial price or otherwise, or invitations of offers to buy or sell. institutions authorized or regulated under Community legislation or the national law of a 5. Pursuant to the Rule 9600 Series, the staff, for good cause shown, after Member State (mostly professional clients). taking into consideration all relevant factors, may exempt any transaction or classes of transactions, either unconditionally or on specified terms, Exemptions from Suitability, Appropriateness and Best Execution: from any or all of the provisions of this paragraph if it determines that such exemption is consistent with the purpose of this Rule, the protection of Article 24, MiFID level 1, Transactions executed with eligible counterparties investors, and the public interest. Reg NMS: Rule 611 -- Order Protection Rule 1. Member States shall ensure that investment firms authorised to execute European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments orders on behalf of clients and/or to deal on own account and/or to receive and a. Reasonable policies and procedures. transmit orders, may bring about or enter into transactions with eligible 1. A trading center shall establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and counterparties without being obliged to comply with the obligations procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent trade-throughs on that under Articles 19, 21 and 22(1) (or suitability, appropriateness and best trading center of protected quotations in NMS stocks that do not fall within an execution requirements) in respect of those transactions or in respect of any exception set forth in paragraph (b) of this section and, if relying on such an ancillary service directly related to those transactions. exception, that are reasonably designed to assure compliance with the terms 2. Member States shall recognize as eligible counterparties for the purposes of the exception. of this Article investment firms, credit institutions, insurance companies, 2. A trading center shall regularly surveil to ascertain the effectiveness of the UCITS and their management companies, pension funds and their policies and procedures required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section and shall management companies, other financial institutions authorised or take prompt action to remedy deficiencies in such policies and procedures. regulated under Community legislation or the national law of a Member 3. Exceptions. State, undertakings exempted from the application of this Directive under Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations Article 2(1)(k) and (l), national governments and their corresponding offices 4. The transaction that constituted the trade-through was effected when the including public bodies that deal with public debt, central banks and trading center displaying the protected quotation that was traded through was supranational organizations. experiencing a failure, material delay, or malfunction of its systems or equipment. Classification as an eligible counterparty under the first subparagraph shall be without prejudice to the right of such entities to request, either on a general 5. The transaction that constituted the trade-through was not a regular way form or on a trade-by-trade basis, treatment as clients whose business with contract. the investment firm is subject to Articles 19, 21 and 22 of MiFID level 1 6. The transaction that constituted the trade-through was a single-priced opening, (suitability, appropriateness and best execution requirements) reopening, or closing transaction by the trading center. 3. Member States may also recognize as eligible counterparties other 7. The transaction that constituted the trade-through was executed at a time undertakings meeting pre-determined proportionate requirements, including when a protected bid was priced higher than a protected offer in the NMS quantitative thresholds. In the event of a transaction where the prospective stock. counterparties are located in different jurisdictions, the investment firm shall 8. The transaction that constituted the trade-through was the execution of an defer to the status of the other undertaking as determined by the law or order identified as an intermarket sweep order. measures of the Member State in which that undertaking is established. 9. The transaction that constituted the trade-through was effected by a trading Member States shall ensure that the investment firm, when it enters into center that simultaneously routed an intermarket sweep order to execute transactions in accordance with paragraph 1 with such undertakings, obtains against the full displayed size of any protected quotation in the NMS stock that the express confirmation from the prospective counterparty that it agrees to be was traded through. treated as an eligible counterparty. Member States shall allow the investment 10. The transaction that constituted the trade-through was the execution of an firm to obtain this confirmation either in the form of a general agreement or in order at a price that was not based, directly or indirectly, on the quoted price of 119 120 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments respect of each individual transaction. the NMS stock at the time of execution and for which the material terms were World Bank Working Paper 4. Member States may recognize as eligible counterparties third country entities not reasonably determinable at the time the commitment to execute the order equivalent to those categories of entities mentioned in paragraph 2. was made. Member States may also recognize as eligible counterparties third country 11. The trading center displaying the protected quotation that was traded through undertakings such as those mentioned in paragraph 3 on the same conditions had displayed, within one second prior to execution of the transaction that and subject to the same requirements as those laid down at paragraph 3. constituted the trade-through, a best bid or best offer, as applicable, for the Article 50, MiFID level 2, Directive 2006/73/EC, Eligible counterparties NMS stock with a price that was equal or inferior to the price of the trade- through transaction. 1. Member States may recognize an undertaking as an eligible counterparty if that undertaking falls within a category of clients who are to be 12. The transaction that constituted the trade-through was the execution by a considered professional clients in accordance with paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of trading center of an order for which, at the time of receipt of the order, the Section I of Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, excluding any category which is trading center had guaranteed an execution at no worse than a specified price explicitly mentioned in Article 24(2) of that Directive. (a stopped order), where: On request, Member States may also recognize as eligible counterparties 13. The stopped order was for the account of a customer; undertakings which fall within a category of clients who are to be 14. The customer agreed to the specified price on an order-by-order basis; and considered professional clients in accordance with Section II of Annex II to 15. The price of the trade-through transaction was, for a stopped buy order, lower Directive 2004/39/EC. In such cases, however, the undertaking concerned than the national best bid in the NMS stock at the time of execution or, for a shall be recognized as an eligible counterparty only in respect of the stopped sell order, higher than the national best offer in the NMS stock at the services or transactions for which it could be treated as a professional time of execution. client. 16. Intermarket sweep orders. The trading center, broker, or dealer responsible for 2. Where, pursuant to the second subparagraph of Article 24(2) of Directive the routing of an intermarket sweep order shall take reasonable steps to 2004/39/EC, an eligible counterparty requests treatment as a client whose establish that such order meets the requirements set forth in Rule business with an investment firm is subject to Articles 19, 21 and 22 of that 242.600(b)(30). Directive, but does not expressly request treatment as a retail client, and the 17. Exemptions. The Commission, by order, may exempt from the provisions of investment firm agrees to that request, the firm shall treat that eligible this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any counterparty as a professional client. person, security, transaction, quotation, or order, or any class or classes of However, where that eligible counterparty expressly requests treatment as persons, securities, quotations, or orders, if the Commission determines that a retail client, the provisions in respect of requests of non-professional such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, and is treatment specified in the second, third and fourth sub-paragraphs of consistent with the protection of investors. Section I of Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC shall apply. European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments x Client order handling rules x Client order handling rules x x Order Execution Obligations (Rules 602-604 of Regulation NMS) 1. Member States shall require that investment firms authorized to execute orders on behalf of clients implement procedures and arrangements which Rule 604 -- Display of Customer Limit Orders provide for the prompt, fair and expeditious execution of client orders, relative a. Specialists and OTC market makers. For all NMS stocks: to other client orders or the trading interests of the investment firm. These procedures or arrangements shall allow for the execution of otherwise 1. Each member of a national securities exchange that is registered by that comparable client orders in accordance with the time of their reception by the exchange as a specialist, or is authorized by that exchange to perform Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations investment firm. functions substantially similar to that of a specialist, shall publish immediately a bid or offer that reflects: i. The price and the full size of each customer limit order held by 2. Member States shall require that, in the case of a client limit order in respect of the specialist that is at a price that would improve the bid or offer shares admitted to trading on a Regulated Market which are not immediately of such specialist in such security; and executed under prevailing market conditions, investment firms are, unless the ii. The full size of each customer limit order held by the specialist that: client expressly instructs otherwise, to take measures to facilitate the earliest possible execution of that order by making public immediately that client limit A. Is priced equal to the bid or offer of such specialist for such order in a manner which is easily accessible to other market participants. security; Member States may decide that investment firms comply with this obligation B. Is priced equal to the national best bid or national best offer; by transmitting the client limit order to a Regulated Market and/or MTF. and Member States shall provide that the competent authorities may waive the C. Represents more than a de minimis change in relation to the obligation to make public a limit order that is large in scale compared with size associated with the specialist's bid or offer. normal market size as determined under Article 44(2). 2. Each registered broker or dealer that acts as an OTC market maker shall publish immediately a bid or offer that reflects: i. The price and the full size of each customer limit order held by the OTC market maker that is at a price that would improve the bid or offer of such OTC market maker in such security; and ii. The full size of each customer limit order held by the OTC market 121 maker that: 122 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments A. Is priced equal to the bid or offer of such OTC market maker World Bank Working Paper for such security; B. Is priced equal to the national best bid or national best offer; and C. Represents more than a de minimis change in relation to the size associated with the OTC market maker's bid or offer. b. Exceptions. The requirements in paragraph (a) of this section shall not apply to any customer limit order: 1. That is executed upon receipt of the order. 2. That is placed by a customer who expressly requests, either at the time that the order is placed or prior thereto pursuant to an individually negotiated agreement with respect to such customer's orders, that the order not be displayed. 3. That is an odd-lot order. 4. That is a block size order, unless a customer placing such order requests that the order be displayed. 5. That is delivered immediately upon receipt to a national securities exchange or national securities association-sponsored system, or an electronic communications network that complies with the requirements of Rule 242.602(b)(5)(ii) with respect to that order. 6. That is delivered immediately upon receipt to another exchange member or OTC market maker that complies with the requirements of this section with respect to that order. 7. That is an all's or none's order. c. Exemptions. The Commission may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any responsible broker or dealer, electronic communications network, national securities exchange, or national securities association if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors and the removal of impediments to and perfection of the mechanism European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments of a national market system. x Obligations related to appointment of tied agents x Obligations related to appointment of tied agent. MiFID, level 1, Article 23 x Guide on registration of Brokers and dealers: Obligations of investment firms when appointing tied agents 1. Member States may decide to allow an investment firm to appoint tied agents There is no differentiation between employees and other associated persons for for the purposes of promoting the services of the investment firm, soliciting securities law purposes. Broker-dealers must supervise the securities activities of their business or receiving orders from clients or potential clients and transmitting personnel regardless of whether they are considered "employees" or "independent them, placing financial instruments and providing advice in respect of such contractors" as defined under state law. See, for example, In the matter of William V. financial instruments and services offered by that investment firm. Giordano, Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36742 (January 19, 1996). Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 2. Member States shall require that where an investment firm decides to appoint a tied agent it remains fully and unconditionally responsible for any action or omission on the part of the tied agent when acting on behalf of the firm. Member States shall require the investment firm to ensure that a tied agent discloses the capacity in which he is acting and the firm which he is representing when contacting or before dealing with any client or potential client. Member States may allow, in accordance with Article 13(6), (7) and (8), tied agents registered in their territory to handle clients' money and/or financial instruments on behalf and under the full responsibility of the investment firm for which they are acting within their territory or, in the case of a cross-border operation, in the territory of a Member State which allows a tied agent to handle clients' money. Member States shall require the investment firms to monitor the activities of their tied agents so as to ensure that they continue to comply with this Directive when acting through tied agents. 3. Member States that decide to allow investment firms to appoint tied agents shall establish a public register. Tied agents shall be registered in the public register in the Member State where they are established. Where the Member State in which the tied agent is established has decided, in accordance with paragraph 1, not to allow the investment firms authorised by their competent 123 124 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments authorities to appoint tied agents, those tied agents shall be registered with the World Bank Working Paper competent authority of the home Member State of the investment firm on whose behalf it acts. Member States shall ensure that tied agents are only admitted to the public register if it has been established that they are of sufficiently good repute and that they possess appropriate general, commercial and professional knowledge so as to be able to communicate accurately all relevant information regarding the proposed service to the client or potential client. Member States may decide that investment firms can verify whether the tied agents which they have appointed are of sufficiently good repute and possess the knowledge as referred to in the third subparagraph. The register shall be updated on a regular basis. It shall be publicly available for consultation. 4. Member States shall require that investment firms appointing tied agents take adequate measures in order to avoid any negative impact that the activities of the tied agent not covered by the scope of this Directive could have on the activities carried out by the tied agent on behalf of the investment firm. Member States may allow competent authorities to collaborate with investment firms and credit institutions, their associations and other entities in registering tied agents and in monitoring compliance of tied agents with the requirements of paragraph 3. In particular, tied agents may be registered by an investment firm, credit institution or their associations and other entities under the supervision of the competent authority. 5. Member States shall require that investment firms appoint only tied agents entered in the public registers referred to in paragraph 3. 6. Member States may reinforce the requirements set out in this Article or add other requirements for tied agents registered within their jurisdiction. x Pre-trade reporting requirements for investment firms x Pre - trade transparency requirements for brokers and dealers MiFID, Article 27 Equities: Rule 602 -- Dissemination of Quotations in NMS Securities European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Obligation for investment firms to make public firm quotes b. Obligations of responsible brokers and dealers. 1. Member States shall require systematic internalisers in shares to publish a firm 1. Each responsible broker or dealer shall promptly communicate to its quote in those shares admitted to trading on a Regulated Market for which national securities exchange or national securities association, pursuant to the they are systematic internalisers and for which there is a liquid market. In the procedures established by that exchange or association, its best bids, best case of shares for which there is not a liquid market, systematic internalisers offers, and quotation sizes for any subject security. shall disclose quotes to their clients on request. 2. Subject to the provisions of paragraph b3 of this section, each responsible broker or dealer shall be obligated to execute any order to buy or sell a The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to systematic internalisers subject security, other than an odd-lot order, presented to it by another broker when dealing for sizes up to standard market size. Systematic internalisers or dealer, or any other person belonging to a category of persons with whom that only deal in sizes above standard market size shall not be subject to the such responsible broker or dealer customarily deals, at a price at least as provisions of this Article. favorable to such buyer or seller as the responsible broker's or dealer's Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations published bid or published offer (exclusive of any commission, commission equivalent or differential customarily charged by such responsible broker or Systematic internalisers may decide the size or sizes at which they will quote. dealer in connection with execution of any such order) in any amount up to its For a particular share each quote shall include a firm bid and/or offer price or published quotation size. prices for a size or sizes which could be up to standard market size for the class of shares to which the share belongs. The price or prices shall also 3. reflect the prevailing market conditions for that share. I. No responsible broker or dealer shall be obligated to execute a transaction for any subject security as provided in paragraph b2 of this section to purchase or sell that subject security in an amount greater 2. Systematic internalisers shall make public their quotes on a regular and than such revised quotation size if: continuous basis during normal trading hours. They shall be entitled to update their quotes at any time. They shall also be allowed, under exceptional market (1) Prior to the presentation of an order for the purchase or sale of a conditions, to withdraw their quotes. The quote shall be made public in a subject security, a responsible broker or dealer has communicated manner which is easily accessible to other market participants on a reasonable to its exchange or association, pursuant to paragraph 1 of this commercial basis. section, a revised quotation size; or (2) At the time an order for the purchase or sale of a subject security is presented, a responsible broker or dealer is in the process of 3. Systematic internalisers shall, while complying with the provisions set down in effecting a transaction in such subject security, and immediately Article 21, execute the orders they receive from their retail clients in relation to after the completion of such transaction, it communicates to its the shares for which they are systematic internalisers at the quoted prices at exchange or association a revised quotation size, such responsible the time of reception of the order. Systematic internalisers shall execute the broker or dealer shall not be obligated by paragraph b2 of this orders they receive from their professional clients in relation to the shares for 125 section to purchase or sell that subject security in an amount 126 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments which they are systematic internalisers at the quoted price at the time of greater than such revised quotation size. World Bank Working Paper reception of the order. However, they may execute those orders at a better II. No responsible broker or dealer shall be obligated to execute a price in justified cases provided that this price falls within a public range close transaction for any subject security as provided in paragraph b2 of this to market conditions and provided that the orders are of a size bigger than the section if: size customarily undertaken by a retail investor. (1) Before the order sought to be executed is presented, such responsible broker or dealer has communicated to its exchange or 4. Furthermore, systematic internalisers may execute orders they receive from association pursuant to paragraph b1 of this section, a revised bid their professional clients at prices different than their quoted ones without or offer; or having to comply with the conditions established in the fourth subparagraph, in (2) At the time the order sought to be executed is presented, such respect of transactions where execution in several securities is part of one responsible broker or dealer is in the process of effecting a transaction or in respect of orders that are subject to conditions other than the transaction in such subject security, and, immediately after the current market price. completion of such transaction, such responsible broker or dealer 5. The competent authorities shall check: communicates to its exchange or association pursuant to x that investment firms regularly update bid and/or offer paragraph b1 of this section, a revised bid or offer; provided, prices published in accordance with paragraph 1 and however, that such responsible broker or dealer shall nonetheless maintain prices which reflect the prevailing market be obligated to execute any such order in such subject security as conditions; provided in paragraph b2 of this section at its revised bid or offer in any amount up to its published quotation size or revised quotation size. 6. Systematic internalisers shall be allowed to decide, on the basis of their 4. Subject to the provisions of paragraph a4 (see under regulated exchanges) of commercial policy and in an objective nondiscriminatory way, the investors to this section: whom they give access to their quotes. To that end there shall be clear standards for governing access to their quotes. Systematic internalisers may I. No national securities exchange or OTC market maker may make refuse to enter into or discontinue business relationships with investors on the available, disseminate or otherwise communicate to any vendor, directly basis of commercial considerations such as the investor credit status, the or indirectly, for display on a terminal or other display device any bid, counterparty risk and the final settlement of the transaction. offer, quotation size, or aggregate quotation size for any NMS security which is not a subject security with respect to such exchange or OTC market maker; and Relevant provisions from the implementing regulation: II. No vendor may disseminate or display on a terminal or other display device any bid, offer, quotation size, or aggregate quotation size from Note: This obligation applies only for shares for which investment firms are registered as any national securities exchange or OTC market maker for any NMS systematic internalisers. That means that there is no pre-trade transparency requirement security which is not a subject security with respect to such exchange or European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments for which firms are not registered as systematic internalisers, but are executed outside the OTC market maker. RMs and MTFs. Example for these are brokers & dealers platforms (crossing networks). 5. I. Entry of any priced order for an NMS security by an exchange market Additionally, there is no obligation for pre-trade transparency requirements for bonds, maker or OTC market maker in that security into an electronic collateralized debt and derivatives. communications network that widely disseminates such order shall be deemed to be: Provisions from the implementing regulation. (1) A bid or offer under this section, to be communicated to the market Article 22 maker's exchange or association pursuant to this paragraph (b) for at least the minimum quotation size that is required by the rules of Determination of liquid shares the market maker's exchange or association if the priced order is 1. A share admitted to trading on a Regulated Market shall be considered to have for the account of a market maker, or the actual size of the order up Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations a liquid market if the share is traded daily, with a free float not less than EUR to the minimum quotation size required if the priced order is for the 500 million, and one of the following conditions is satisfied: account of a customer; and x the average daily number of transactions in the share is not less (2) A communication of a bid or offer to a vendor for display on a than 500; display device for purposes of paragraph b4 of this section. x the average daily turnover for the share is not less than EUR 2 II. An exchange market maker or OTC market maker that has entered a million. priced order for an NMS security into an electronic communications However, a Member State may, in respect of shares for which it is the most network that widely disseminates such order shall be deemed to be in relevant market, specify by notice that both of those conditions are to apply. compliance with paragraph 5(1) of this section if the electronic That notice shall be made public. communications network: 2. A Member State may specify the minimum number of liquid shares for that (A) Member State. The minimum number shall be no greater than five. The (1) Provides to a national securities exchange or national securities specification shall be made public. association (or an exclusive processor acting on behalf of one or 3. Where, pursuant to paragraph 1, a Member State would be the most relevant more exchanges or associations) the prices and sizes of the orders market for fewer liquid shares than the minimum number specified in at the highest buy price and the lowest sell price for such security accordance with paragraph 2, the competent authority for that Member State entered in, and widely disseminated by, the electronic may designate one or more additional liquid shares, provided that the total communications network by exchange market makers and OTC number of shares which are considered in consequence to be liquid shares for market makers for the NMS security, and such prices and sizes are which that Member State is the most relevant market does not exceed the included in the quotation data made available by such exchange, minimum number specified by that Member State. association, or exclusive processor to vendors pursuant to this 127 128 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments The competent authority shall designate the additional liquid shares section; and World Bank Working Paper successively in decreasing order of average daily turnover from among the (2) Provides, to any broker or dealer, the ability to effect a transaction shares for which it is the relevant competent authority that are admitted to with a priced order widely disseminated by the electronic trading on a Regulated Market and are traded daily. communications network entered therein by an exchange market 4. For the purposes of the first subparagraph of paragraph 1, the calculation of maker or OTC market maker that is: the free float of a share shall exclude holdings exceeding 5 % of the total I. Equivalent to the ability of any broker or dealer to effect voting rights of the issuer, unless such a holding is held by a collective a transaction with an exchange market maker or OTC investment undertaking or a pension fund. market maker pursuant to the rules of the national Voting rights shall be calculated on the basis of all the shares to which securities exchange or national securities association to voting rights are attached, even if the exercise of such a right is which the electronic communications network supplies suspended. such bids and offers; and 5. A share shall not be considered to have a liquid market for the purposes of II. At the price of the highest priced buy order or lowest Article 27 of Directive 2004/39/EC until six weeks after its first admission to priced sell order, or better, for the lesser of the trading on a Regulated Market, if the estimate of the total market capitalization cumulative size of such priced orders entered therein by for that share at the start of the first day's trading after that admission, exchange market makers or OTC market makers at provided in accordance with Article 33(3), is less than EUR 500 million. such price, or the size of the execution sought by the 6. Each competent authority shall ensure the maintenance and publication of a broker or dealer, for such security; or list of all liquid shares for which it is the relevant competent authority. It shall (B) Is an alternative trading system that: ensure that the list is current by reviewing it at least annually. The list shall be (1) Displays orders and provides the ability to effect transactions with made available to the Committee of European Securities Regulators. It shall such orders under Rule 242.301(b)(3); and be considered as published when it is published by the Committee of (2) Otherwise is in compliance with Regulation ATS (Rule 242.300 European Securities Regulators in accordance with Article 34(5). through Rule 242.303). Article 23 c. Transactions in listed options. 1. A national securities exchange or national securities association: Standard market size I. Shall not be required, under paragraph (a) of this section, to collect from In order to determine the standard market size for liquid shares, those shares shall be responsible brokers or dealers who are members of such exchange or grouped into classes in terms of the average value of orders executed in accordance with association, or to make available to vendors, the quotation sizes and Table 3 in Annex II. aggregate quotation sizes for listed options, if such exchange or Article 24 association establishes by rule and periodically publishes the quotation size for which such responsible brokers or dealers are obligated to European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Quotes reflecting prevailing market conditions execute an order to buy or sell an options series that is a subject security A systematic internaliser shall, for each liquid share for which it is a systematic at its published bid or offer under paragraph (b)(2) of this section; internaliser, maintain the following: II. May establish by rule and periodically publish a quotation size, which x a quote or quotes which are close in price to comparable quotes for the shall not be for less than one contract, for which responsible brokers or same share in other trading venues; dealers who are members of such exchange or association are obligated under paragraph (b)(2) of this section to execute an order to buy or sell a x a record of its quoted prices, which it shall retain for a period of 12 listed option for the account of a broker or dealer that is in an amount months or such longer period as it considers appropriate. different from the quotation size for which it is obligated to execute an The obligation laid down in point (b) is without prejudice to the obligation of the order for the account of a customer; and investment firm under Article 25(2) of Directive 2004/39/EC to keep at the disposal of the III. May establish and maintain procedures and mechanisms for collecting competent authority for at least five years the relevant data relating to all transactions it from responsible brokers and dealers who are members of such has carried out. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations exchange or association, and making available to vendors, the quotation Article 25 sizes and aggregate quotation sizes in listed options for which such Execution of orders by systematic internalisers responsible broker or dealer will be obligated under paragraph (b)(2) of 18. For the purposes of the fifth subparagraph of Article 27(3) of Directive this section to execute an order from a customer to buy or sell a listed 2004/39/EC, execution in several securities shall be regarded as part of one option and establish by rule and periodically publish the size, which shall transaction if that one transaction is a portfolio trade that involves 10 or more not be less than one contract, for which such responsible brokers or securities. For the same purposes, an order subject to conditions other than dealers are obligated to execute an order for the account of a broker or the current market price means any order which is neither an order for the dealer. execution of a transaction in shares at the prevailing market price, nor a limit 2. If, pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the rules of a national securities order. exchange or national securities association do not require its members to 19. For the purposes of Article 27(6) of Directive 2004/39/EC, the number or communicate to it their quotation sizes for listed options, a responsible broker volume of orders shall be regarded as considerably exceeding the norm if a or dealer that is a member of such exchange or association shall: systematic internaliser cannot execute those orders without exposing itself to 1. Be relieved of its obligations under paragraph (b)(1) of this section undue risk. In order to identify the number and volume of orders that it can to communicate to such exchange or association its quotation sizes execute without exposing itself to undue risk, a systematic internaliser shall for any listed option; and maintain and implement as part of its risk management policy under Article 7 2. Comply with its obligations under paragraph (b)(2) of this section by of Commission Directive 2006/73/EC (1) a non-discriminatory policy which executing any order to buy or sell a listed option, in an amount up takes into account the volume of the transactions, the capital that the firm has to the size established by such exchange's or association's rules available to cover the risk for that type of trade, and the prevailing conditions in under paragraph (c)(1) of this section. the market in which the firm is operating. 129 3. Thirty second response. Each responsible broker or dealer, within thirty 130 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 20. Where, in accordance with Article 27(6) of Directive 2004/ 39/EC, an seconds of receiving an order to buy or sell a listed option in an amount World Bank Working Paper investment firm limits the number or volume of orders it undertakes to execute, greater than the quotation size established by a national securities exchange's it shall set out in writing, and make available to clients and potential clients, the or national securities association's rules pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this arrangements designed to ensure that such a limitation does not result in the section, or its published quotation size must: discriminatory treatment of clients. I. Execute the entire order; or II. Article 26 A. Execute that portion of the order equal to at least: Retail size (2) The quotation size established by a national For the purposes of the fourth subparagraph of Article 27(3) of Directive 2004/39/EC, an securities exchange's or national securities order shall be regarded as being of a size bigger than the size customarily undertaken by association's rules, pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of a retail investor if it exceeds EUR 7 500. this section, to the extent that such exchange or association does not collect and make available to vendors quotation size and aggregate quotation size under paragraph (a) of this section; or (3) Its published quotation size; and B. Revise its bid or offer. 4. Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(3) of this section, no responsible broker or dealer shall be obligated to execute a transaction for any listed option as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section if: I. Any of the circumstances in paragraph (b)(3) of this section exist; or II. The order for the purchase or sale of a listed option is presented during a trading rotation in that listed option. d. Exemptions. The Commission may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any responsible broker or dealer, electronic communications network, national securities exchange, or national securities association if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors and the removal of impediments to and perfection of the mechanism of a national market system. European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments x Post-trade reporting requirements for investment firms x Post-trade transparency requirements for brokers and dealers MiFID, Article 28 Post-trade disclosure by investment firms Rule 601 of Regulation NMS regulates dissemination of transaction reports and last 1. Member States shall, at least, require investment firms which, either on own sale data. account or on behalf of clients, conclude transactions in shares admitted to According to this rule every exchange and association shall have in place a transaction trading on a Regulated Market outside a Regulated Market or MTF, to reporting plan regarding transaction in listed equity and Nasdaq securities executed either make public the volume and price of those transactions and the time at through exchange facilities or outside exchanges (association). The trade sale data are which they were concluded. This information shall be made public as close collected by exchanges/associations and then consolidated and disseminated. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations to real-time as possible, on a reasonable commercial basis, and in a manner Transaction reporting plans provide more information on responsibilities of brokers and which is easily accessible to other market participants. dealers and SROs in this process, as described in this section ­ Rule 601 is followed by 2. Member States shall require that the information which is made public in Section 8 from a Consolidated Tape, a joint plan of AMEX, BATS, the BSE, the CBOE, accordance with paragraph 1 and the time-limits within which it is published the CHX, the ISE, Nasdaq, the NSX, the NYSE, NYSE Arca and the PHLX comply with the requirements for post-trade transparency requirements for Rule 601 -- Dissemination of Transaction Reports and Last Sale Data with Respect Regulated Markets. Where the measures adopted pursuant to Article 45 (post to Transactions in NMS Stocks trade transparency requirements for RMs) provide for deferred reporting for a. Filing and effectiveness of transaction reporting plans. certain categories of transaction in shares (mostly transactions that are large 1. Every national securities exchange shall file a transaction in scale compared with the normal market size for that share or that class of reporting plan regarding transactions in listed equity and shares), this possibility shall apply mutatis mutandis to those transactions Nasdaq securities executed through its facilities, and every when undertaken outside Regulated Markets or MTFs. national securities association shall file a transaction reporting plan regarding transactions in listed equity and Nasdaq securities Relevant provisions from the implementing regulation, MiFID level 2, Article 30 executed by its members otherwise than on a national securities exchange. Public availability of pre-and post-trade information 2. Any transaction reporting plan, or any amendment thereto, filed Pre-and post-trade information shall be considered to be made public or available to the pursuant to this section shall be filed with the Commission, and public if it is made available generally through one of the following to investors located in considered for approval, in accordance with the procedures set the Community: forth in Rule 242.608(a) and (b). Any such plan, or amendment thereto, shall specify, at a minimum: 131 132 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 1. the facilities of a Regulated Market or an MTF; i. The listed equity and Nasdaq securities or classes of World Bank Working Paper 2. the facilities of a third party; such securities for which transaction reports shall be 3. proprietary arrangements. required by the plan; ii. Reporting requirements with respect to transactions in listed equity securities and Nasdaq securities, for any broker or dealer subject to the plan; iii. The manner of collecting, processing, sequencing, making available and disseminating transaction reports and last sale data reported pursuant to such plan; iv. The manner in which such transaction reports reported pursuant to such plan are to be consolidated with transaction reports from national securities exchanges and national securities associations reported pursuant to any other effective transaction reporting plan; v. The applicable standards and methods which will be utilized to ensure promptness of reporting, and accuracy and completeness of transaction reports; vi. Any rules or procedures which may be adopted to ensure that transaction reports or last sale data will not be disseminated in a fraudulent or manipulative manner; vii. Specific terms of access to transaction reports made available or disseminated pursuant to the plan; and viii. That transaction reports or last sale data made available to any vendor for display on an interrogation device identify the marketplace where each transaction was executed. 3. No transaction reporting plan filed pursuant to this section, or any amendment to an effective transaction reporting plan, shall become effective unless approved by the Commission or otherwise permitted in accordance with the procedures set forth in Rule European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 242.608. b. Prohibitions and reporting requirements. 1. No broker or dealer may execute any transaction in, or induce or attempt to induce the purchase or sale of, any NMS stock: i. On or through the facilities of a national securities exchange unless there is an effective transaction reporting plan with respect to transactions in such security executed on or through such exchange facilities; or ii. Otherwise than on a national securities exchange unless there is an effective transaction reporting plan with Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations respect to transactions in such security executed otherwise than on a national securities exchange by such broker or dealer. 2. Every broker or dealer who is a member of a national securities exchange or national securities association shall promptly transmit to the exchange or association of which it is a member all information required by any effective transaction reporting plan filed by such exchange or association (either individually or jointly with other exchanges and/or associations). c. Retransmission of transaction reports or last sale data. Notwithstanding any provision of any effective transaction reporting plan, no national securities exchange or national securities association may, either individually or jointly, by rule, stated policy or practice, transaction reporting plan or otherwise, prohibit, condition or otherwise limit, directly or indirectly, the ability of any vendor to retransmit, for display in moving tickers, transaction reports or last sale data made available pursuant to any effective transaction reporting plan; provided, however, that a national securities exchange or national securities association may, by means of an effective transaction reporting plan, condition such retransmission upon appropriate undertakings to ensure that any charges 133 for the distribution of transaction reports or last sale data in moving tickers 134 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments permitted by paragraph (d) of this section are collected. World Bank Working Paper d. Charges. Nothing in this section shall preclude any national securities exchange or national securities association, separately or jointly, pursuant to the terms of an effective transaction reporting plan, from imposing reasonable, uniform charges (irrespective of geographic location) for distribution of transaction reports or last sale data. e. Appeals. The Commission may, in its discretion, entertain appeals in connection with the implementation or operation of any effective transaction reporting plan in accordance with the provisions of Rule 242.608(d). f. Exemptions. The Commission may exempt from the provisions of this section, either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, any national securities exchange, national securities association, broker, dealer, or specified security if the Commission determines that such exemption is consistent with the public interest, the protection of investors and the removal of impediments to, and perfection of the mechanisms of, a national market system. Section 8 (a) of CTA plan. Collection and reporting of last sale data. a) Responsibility of Exchange Participants. The AMEX, BATS, the BSE, the CBOE, the CHX, the ISE, Nasdaq, the NSX, the NYSE, NYSE Arca and the PHLX will each collect and report to the Processor all last sale price information to be reported by it relating to transactions in eligible securities taking place on its floor. In addition, FINRA shall collect from its members all last sale price information to be included in the consolidated tape relating to transactions in eligible securities not taking place on the floor of an exchange and shall report all such last sale price information to the Processor. It will be the responsibility of each participant and each other reporting party, to 1) report all last sale price relating to transactions in Eligible Securities as promptly as possible, establish and maintain collection and reporting procedures and facilities such as to assure that under normal conditions not less than 90% of such last sale prices will be European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments reported within that period of time in light of experience, and 3) designate as "late" any last sale price not collected and reported in accordance with the above- referenced procedures or as to which reporting party has knowledge that the time interval after the time of execution is significantly greater than the time period referred to above. CTA shall seek to reduce time period for reporting last sale prices to the Processors as conditions warrant. b) FINRA responsibility. The FINRA shall develop and adapt rules governing the reporting of last sale price information to be reported by its members to the Processor for inclusion on consolidated tape (see below Rule 6622 for Reporting of OTC transactions). c) Description of reporting procedure. Each Participant and each Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations reporting party has prepared and submitted to CTA (and furnished to the SEC) for its information a description of the procedure by which it collects and reports to the processor last sale price information reported by it pursuant to this CTA plan. Section 9 of CTA Plan. Receipt and use of CTA information. a) Requirements for receipt and use of information. Pursuant to fair and reasonable terms and conditions, each CTA network's administrator shall provide for: 1) the dissemination of each CTA network's information on terms that are not seasonable discriminatory to vendors, newspapers, Participant, Participant Members and member organizations, and other persons over that network's Ticker and over the high speed line; and 2) the use of that CTA network's information by vendors, subscribers, newspapers, Participants, Participant members and member organization, and other persons. 135 136 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments FINRA Rule 6622 Transaction Reporting World Bank Working Paper (a) When and How Transactions are Reported (1) OTC Market Makers shall, within 90 seconds after execution, transmit to the OTC Reporting Facility last sale reports of transactions in OTC Equity Securities executed between the hours of 9:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. Transactions not reported within 90 seconds after execution shall be designated as late. (2) Non-Market Makers shall, within 90 seconds after execution, transmit to the OTC Reporting Facility, or by telephone to the Operations Department if the OTC Reporting Facility is unavailable due to system or transmission failure, last sale reports of transactions in OTC Equity Securities executed between the hours of 9:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Transactions not reported within 90 seconds after execution shall be designated as late. Note: This is a very detailed rule. For the purpose of this table we provided only the first two paragraphs. For the rest please visit FINRA website. (3) FINRA Rule 6623 Timely Transaction Reporting FINRA emphasizes the obligations of members to report securities transactions within 90 seconds after execution. All reportable transactions not reported within 90 seconds after execution shall be reported as late, and FINRA routinely monitors members' compliance with the 90-second requirement. If FINRA finds a pattern or practice of unexcused late reporting, that is, repeated reports of executions after 90 seconds without reasonable justification or exceptional circumstances, the member may be found to be in violation of Rule 2010. Exceptional circumstances will be determined on a case-by-case basis and may include instances of system failure by a member or service bureau, or unusual market conditions, such as extreme volatility in a security, or in the market as a whole. Timely reporting of all transactions is necessary and appropriate for the fair and orderly operation of the marketplace, and FINRA will view noncompliance as a rule violation. European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Corporate bonds Reporting FINRA website: NASD introduced TRACE (Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine) in July 2002 in an effort to increase price transparency in the U.S. corporate debt market. The system captures and disseminates consolidated information on secondary market transactions in publicly traded TRACE-eligible securities (investment grade, high yield and convertible corporate debt) - representing all over-the-counter market activity in these bonds. x Records and Reports x Records and Reports MiFID level 1, Article 25 Section 17 of the Securities Exchange Act Rules and regulations Obligation to uphold integrity of markets, report transactions and maintain records, Records and Reports Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 1. Member States shall require investment firms to keep at the disposal of 1. Every national securities exchange, member thereof, broker or dealer who the competent authority, for at least five years, the relevant data relating transacts a business in securities through the medium of any such member, to all transactions in financial instruments which they have carried out, registered securities association, registered broker or dealer, registered whether on own account or on behalf of a client. In the case of transactions municipal securities dealer, registered securities information processor, carried out on behalf of clients, the records shall contain all the information and registered transfer agent, nationally recognized statistical rating organization, details of the identity of the client, and the information required under Council and registered clearing agency and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Directive 91/308/EEC of 10 June 1991 on prevention of the use of the financial Board shall make and keep for prescribed periods such records, furnish system for the purpose of money laundering (2). such copies thereof, and make and disseminate such reports as the 2. Member States shall require investment firms which execute Commission, by rule, prescribes as necessary or appropriate in the transactions in any financial instruments admitted to trading on a public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in Regulated Market to report details of such transactions to the competent furtherance of the purposes of this title. authority as quickly as possible, and no later than the close of the following working day. This obligation shall apply whether or not such Reg ATS, Rule 302 transactions were carried out on a Regulated Market. The competent Recordkeeping Requirements for Alternative Trading Systems authorities shall, in accordance with Article 58, establish the necessary arrangements in order to ensure that the competent authority of the most To comply with the condition set forth in Rule 301, an alternative trading system shall relevant market in terms of liquidity (most relevant market in terms of liquidity make and keep current the following records: is defined in implementing regulation, Article 9) for those financial instruments a. A record of subscribers to such alternative trading system (identifying any also receives this information. affiliations between the alternative trading system and subscribers to the alternative trading system, including common directors, officers, or owners); 137 138 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 3. The reports shall, in particular, include details of the names and numbers b. Daily summaries of trading in the alternative trading system including: World Bank Working Paper of the instruments bought or sold, the quantity, the dates and times of 1. Securities for which transactions have been executed; execution and the transaction prices and means of identifying the 2. Transaction volume, expressed with respect to equity securities in: investment firms concerned. i. Number of trades; 4. Member States shall provide for the reports to be made to the competent authority either by the investment firm itself, a third party acting on its behalf or ii. Number of shares traded; and by a trade-matching or reporting system approved by the competent authority iii. Total settlement value in terms of U.S. dollars; and or by the Regulated Market or MTF through whose systems the transaction 3. Transaction volume, expressed with respect to debt securities in: was completed. In cases where transactions are reported directly to the i. Number of trades; and competent authority by a Regulated Market, an MTF, or a trade-matching or ii. Total U.S. dollar value; and reporting system approved by the competent authority, the obligation on the c. Time-sequenced records of order information in the alternative trading system, investment firm laid down in paragraph 3 may be waived. including: 5. When, in accordance with Article 32(7), reports provided for under this Article 1. Date and time (expressed in terms of hours, minutes, and seconds) that are transmitted to the competent authority of the host Member State, it shall the order was received; transmit this information to the competent authorities of the home Member State of the investment firm, unless they decide that they do not want to 2. Identity of the security; receive this information. 3. The number of shares, or principal amount of bonds, to which the order 6. In order to ensure that measures for the protection of market integrity are applies; modified to take account of technical developments in financial markets, and to 4. An identification of the order as related to a program trade or an index ensure the uniform application of paragraphs 1 to 5, the Commission may arbitrage trade as defined in New York Stock Exchange Rule 80A; adopt, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 64(2), 5. The designation of the order as a buy or sell order; implementing measures which define the methods and arrangements for 6. The designation of the order as a short sale order; reporting financial transactions, the form and content of these reports and the 7. The designation of the order as a market order, limit order, stop order, stop criteria for defining a relevant market in accordance with paragraph 3. limit order, or other type or order; Relevant provisions in implementing regulation: EC No 1287/2006 Articles 9 ­ 14. 8. Any limit or stop price prescribed by the order; 9. The date on which the order expires and, if the time in force is less than one day, the time when the order expires; 10. The time limit during which the order is in force; 11. Any instructions to modify or cancel the order; 12. The type of account, i.e., retail, wholesale, employee, proprietary, or any European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments other type of account designated by the alternative trading system, for which the order is submitted; 13. Date and time (expressed in terms of hours, minutes, and seconds) that the order was executed; 14. Price at which the order was executed; 15. Size of the order executed (expressed in number of shares or units or principal amount); and 16. Identity of the parties to the transaction. x Additional Trading Transparency Requirements for MTFs x Transparency requirement for ATS (same as for exchanges and broker- Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations MiFID level 1, Article 14 dealers) Trading process and finalization of transactions in an MTF Alternative trading venues register with the SEC as broker & dealers (unless because of 1. Member States shall require that investment firms or market operators large trading volume they register as exchanges in which case they are subject to the operating an MTF, in addition to meeting the requirements laid down in Article rules for the exchanges) and therefore are subject to the same rules as brokers and 13, establish transparent and non-discretionary rules and procedures for fair dealers. and orderly trading and establish objective criteria for the efficient execution of Reg ATS Summary of Final Rules (Section II-B) orders. 2. Member States shall require that investment firms or market operators The framework the Commission adopts today uses the Commission's new exemptive operating an MTF establish transparent rules regarding the criteria for authority to allow most alternative trading systems to choose to be regulated either as determining the financial instruments that can be traded under its systems. exchanges or as broker-dealers. Rule 3a1-1 exempts most alternative trading systems Member States shall require that, where applicable, investment firms or market from the definition of "exchange," and therefore the requirement to register as an operators operating an MTF provide, or are satisfied that there is access to, exchange, if they comply with Regulation ATS. However, any system exercising self- sufficient publicly available information to enable its users to form an regulatory powers, such as regulating its members' or subscribers' conduct when investment judgement, taking into account both the nature of the users and the engaged in activities outside of that trading system, must register as an exchange or be types of instruments traded. operated by a national securities association. This is because self-regulatory activities in 3. Member States shall ensure that Articles 19, 21 and 22 are not applicable to the securities markets must be subject to Commission oversight under Section 19 of the the transactions concluded under the rules governing an MTF between its Exchange Act.[24] Thus any system exercising self-regulatory powers will not be members or participants or between the MTF and its members or participants permitted the option of registering as a broker-dealer. In addition, the Commission can determine that a dominant alternative trading system should be registered as an 139 in relation to the use of the MTF. However, the members of or participants in 140 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments the MTF shall comply with the obligations provided for in Articles 19, 21 and 22 exchange. An alternative trading system would first have to exceed certain volume levels World Bank Working Paper with respect to their clients when, acting on behalf of their clients, they execute and the Commission, after notice and an opportunity for the alternative trading system to their orders through the systems of an MTF. respond, would have to determine that an exemption from exchange regulation is not 4. Member States shall require that investment firms or market operators necessary or appropriate in the public interest or consistent with the protection of operating an MTF establish and maintain transparent rules, based on objective investors, taking into account the requirements of exchange registration and the criteria, governing access to its facility. objectives of the national market system. At this time, however, the Commission does not 5. Member States shall require that investment firms or market operators believe that it is necessary or appropriate under this provision that any alternative trading operating an MTF clearly inform its users of their respective responsibilities for system register as an exchange. the settlement of the transactions executed in that facility. Member States shall require that investment firms or market operators operating an MTF have put in place the necessary arrangements to facilitate the efficient settlement of the transactions concluded under the systems of the MTF. 6. Where a transferable security, which has been admitted to trading on a Regulated Market, is also traded on an MTF without the consent of the issuer, the issuer shall not be subject to any obligation relating to initial, ongoing or ad hoc financial disclosure with regard to that MTF. 7. Member States shall require that any investment firm or market operator operating an MTF comply immediately with any instruction from its competent authority pursuant to Article 50(1) to suspend or remove a financial instrument from trading. x Pre-trade transparency requirements for MTFs x Pre-trade Transparency for ATS Article 29, MiFID level 1 1. Member States shall, at least, require that investment firms and market Alternative trading systems register with the SEC as broker&dealers (unless because of operators operating an MTF make public current bid and offer prices and large trading volume they register as exchanges) and therefore are subject to the same the depth of trading interests at these prices which are advertised through rules as brokers and dealers. their systems in respect of shares admitted to trading on a Regulated Market. Member States shall provide for this information to be made available to the European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments public on reasonable commercial terms and on a continuous basis during Additional Rules set in Reg ATS: Rule 301: normal trading hours. 1. Order display and execution access. 2. Member States shall provide for the competent authorities to be able to waive i. An alternative trading system shall comply with the requirements set forth the obligation for investment firms or market operators operating an MTF to in paragraph (ii) of this section, with respect to any NMS stock in which the make public the information referred to in paragraph 1 based on the market alternative trading system: model or the type and size of orders in the cases defined in accordance with A. Displays subscriber orders to any person (other than alternative paragraph 3. In particular, the competent authorities shall be able to waive the trading system employees); and obligation in respect of transactions that are large in scale compared with normal market size for the share or type of share in question. B. During at least 4 of the preceding 6 calendar months, had an average daily trading volume of 5 percent or more of the aggregate 3. In order to ensure the uniform application of paragraphs 1 and 2, the average daily share volume for such NMS stock as reported by an Commission shall, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 64(2) effective transaction reporting plan. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations adopt implementing measures as regards: ii. Such alternative trading system shall provide to a national securities (a) the range of bid and offers or designated market maker quotes, and exchange or national securities association the prices and sizes of the the depth of trading interest at those prices, to be made public; orders at the highest buy price and the lowest sell price for such NMS (b) the size or type of orders for which pre trade disclosure may be stock, displayed to more than one person in the alternative trading system, waived under paragraph 2; for inclusion in the quotation data made available by the national securities (c) the market model for which pre trade disclosure may be waived under exchange or national securities association to vendors pursuant to Rule paragraph 2 and in particular, the applicability of the obligation to 242.602. trading methods operated by an MTF which conclude transactions iii. (With respect to any order displayed pursuant to paragraph (ii) of this under their rules by reference to prices established outside the section, an alternative trading system shall provide to any broker-dealer systems of the MTF or by periodic auction. that has access to the national securities exchange or national securities Except where justified by the specific nature of the MTF, the content of association to which the alternative trading system provides the prices and these implementing measures shall be equal to that of the sizes of displayed orders pursuant to paragraph (ii) of this section, the implementing measures provided for in Article 44 for Regulated ability to effect a transaction with such orders that is: Markets. A. Equivalent to the ability of such broker-dealer to effect a transaction with other orders displayed on the exchange or by the association; and B. At the price of the highest priced buy order or lowest priced sell order displayed for the lesser of the cumulative size of such priced orders entered therein at such price, or the size of the execution 141 142 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments sought by such broker-dealer. World Bank Working Paper x Post-trade transparency requirements for MTFs x Post-trade transparency requirements for alternative trading systems MiFID, Article 30 Same as for brokers and dealers unless registered as exchanges when the rules for Post-trade transparency requirements for MTFs exchanges shall apply. 1. Member States shall, at least, require that investment firms and market operators operating an MTF make public the price, volume and time of the transactions executed under its systems in respect of shares which are admitted to trading on a Regulated Market. Member States shall require that details of all such transactions be made public, on a reasonable commercial basis, as close to real-time as possible. This requirement shall not apply to details of trades executed on an MTF that are made public under the systems of a Regulated Market. 2. Member States shall provide that the competent authority may authorise investment firms or market operators operating an MTF to provide for deferred publication of the details of transactions based on their type or size. In particular, the competent authorities may authorize the deferred publication in respect of transactions that are large in scale compared with the normal market size for that share or that class of shares. Member States shall require MTFs to obtain the competent authority's prior approval to proposed arrangements for deferred trade publication, and shall require that these arrangements be clearly disclosed to market participants and the investing public. 3. In order to provide for the efficient and orderly functioning of financial markets, and to ensure the uniform application of paragraphs 1 and 2, the Commission shall, in accordance with the procedure referred o in Article 64(2) adopt implementing measures in respect of: (a) the scope and content of the information to be made available to the public; (b) the conditions under which investment firms or market operators European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments operating an MTF may provide for deferred publication of trades and the criteria to be applied when deciding the transactions for which, due to their size or the type of share involved, deferred publication is allowed. Except where justified by the specific nature of the MTF, the content of these implementing measures shall be equal to that of the implementing measures provided for in Article 45 for Regulated Markets. Relevant provisions from the implementing regulation, MiFID level 2, Article 18 Waivers based on market model and type of order or transaction Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 1. Waivers in accordance with Article 29(2) (MTFs) and 44(2) (RMs) of Directive 2004/39/EC may be granted by the competent authorities for systems operated by an MTF or a Regulated Market, if those systems satisfy one of the following criteria: (a) they must be based on a trading methodology by which the price is determined in accordance with a reference price generated by another system, where that reference price is widely published and is regarded generally by market participants as a reliable reference price; (b) they formalize negotiated transactions, each of which meets one of the following criteria: (i) it is made at or within the current volume weighted spread reflected on the order book or the quotes of the market makers of the Regulated Market or MTF operating that system or, where the share is not traded continuously, within a percentage of a suitable reference price, being a percentage and a reference price set in advance by the system operator; (ii) it is subject to conditions other than the current market 143 144 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments price of the share. For the purposes of point (b), the World Bank Working Paper other conditions specified in the rules of the Regulated Market or MTF for a transaction of this kind must also have been fulfilled. In the case of systems having functionality other than as described in points (a) or (b), the waiver shall not apply to that other functionality. 3. Waivers in accordance with Articles 29(2) and 44(2) of Directive 2004/39/EC based on the type of orders may be granted only in relation to orders held in an order management facility maintained by the Regulated Market or the MTF pending their being disclosed to the market. Article 20 Waivers in relation to transactions which are large in scale An order shall be considered to be large in scale compared with normal market size if it is equal to or larger than the minimum size of order specified in Table 2 in Annex II of the Directive. For the purposes of determining whether an order is large in scale compared to normal market size, all shares admitted to trading on a Regulated Market shall be classified in accordance with their average daily turnover, which shall be calculated in accordance with the procedure set out in Article 33. Regulated Markets National Exchanges x Authorization x Registration of Exchanges MiFID, Article 36 Section 6 (a) of Securities Exchange Act Registration 1. Member States shall reserve authorization as a Regulated Market to An exchange may be registered as a national securities exchange by filing with the those systems which comply with the provisions of this Title. Commission an application for registration containing the rules of the exchange and Authorization as a Regulated Market shall be granted only where the other information and documents as the Commission, by rule, may prescribe as European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments competent authority is satisfied that both the market operator and the necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. systems of the Regulated Market comply at least with the requirements Registration of securities exchange is conditional upon fulfillment of the organizational laid down in this Title. In the case of a Regulated Market that is a legal requirements as discussed in the section 27 of this table (Section 6 (b) of the Securities person and that is managed or operated by a market operator other than Exchange Act). the Regulated Market itself, Member States shall establish how the different obligations imposed on the market operator under this Directive are to be allocated between the Regulated Market and the market operator. 2. The operator of the Regulated Market shall provide all information, including a programme of operations setting out inter alia the types of business envisaged and the organisational structure, necessary to enable the competent authority to satisfy itself that the Regulated Market Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations has established, at the time of initial authorization, all the necessary arrangements to meet its obligations under the provisions of this Title. 3. Member States shall require the operator of the Regulated Market to perform tasks relating to the organisation and operation of the Regulated Market under the supervision of the competent authority. Member States shall ensure that competent authorities keep under regular review the compliance of Regulated Markets with the provisions of this Title. They shall also ensure that competent authorities monitor that Regulated Markets comply at all times with the conditions for initial authorization established under this Title. 4. Member States shall ensure that the market operator is responsible for ensuring that the Regulated Market that he manages complies with all requirements under this Title. Member States shall also ensure that the market operator is entitled to exercise the rights that correspond to the Regulated Market that he manages by virtue of this Directive. 5. Without prejudice to any relevant provisions of Directive 2003/6/ EC, the public law governing the trading conducted under the systems of the Regulated Market shall be that of the home Member State of the Regulated Market. 145 146 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 6. The competent authority may withdraw the authorization issued to a World Bank Working Paper Regulated Market where it: (a) does not make use of the authorization within 12 months, expressly renounces the authorization or has not operated for the preceding six months, unless the Member State concerned has provided for authorization to lapse in such cases; (b) has obtained the authorization by making false statements or by any other irregular means; (c) no longer meets the conditions under which authorization was granted; (d) has seriously and systematically infringed the provisions adopted pursuant to this Directive; (e) falls within any of the cases where national law provides for withdrawal. x Requirements for the Management of Regulated Markets (reputational and x Requirements for the Management of Exchanges professional tests) MiFID, Article 37 x NA 2. Member States shall require the persons who effectively direct the business and the operations of the Regulated Market to be of sufficiently good repute and sufficiently experienced as to ensure the sound and prudent management and operation of the Regulated Market. Member States shall also require the operator of the Regulated Market to inform the competent authority of the identity and any other subsequent changes of the persons who effectively direct the business and the operations of the Regulated Market. The competent authority shall refuse to approve proposed changes where there are objective and demonstrable grounds for believing that they pose a material threat to the sound and prudent management and operation of the Regulated Market. European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 2. Member States shall ensure that, in the process of authorization of a Regulated Market, the person or persons who effectively direct the business and the operations of an already authorized Regulated Market in accordance with the conditions of this Directive are deemed to comply with the requirements laid down in paragraph 1. x Requirements related to people exercising significant influence (reputational x NA and when required professional tests) MiFID level 1, Article 38 Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 1. Member States shall require the persons who are in a position to exercise, directly or indirectly, significant influence over the management of the Regulated Market to be suitable. 2. Member States shall require the operator of the Regulated Market: (a) to provide the competent authority with, and to make public, information regarding the ownership of the Regulated Market and/or the market operator, and in particular, the identity and scale of interests of any parties in a position to exercise significant influence over the management; (b) to inform the competent authority of and to make public any transfer of ownership which gives rise to a change in the identity of the persons exercising significant influence over the operation of the Regulated Market. 3. The competent authority shall refuse to approve proposed changes to the controlling interests of the Regulated Market and/or the market operator where there are objective and demonstrable grounds for believing that they would pose a threat to the sound and prudent management of the Regulated Market. x Organizational Requirements for Regulated Markets x Organizational Requirements for Exchanges MiFID, Article 39 Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act 147 148 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments World Bank Working Paper Member States shall require the Regulated Market: 1) An Exchange shall be so organized and have the capacity to be able to carry (a) to have arrangements to identify and manage the potential adverse out the purposes of Securities Exchange Act and to comply and to enforce consequences, for the operation of the Regulated Market or for its participants, compliance by its members and persons associated with its members, with the of any conflict of interest between the interest of the Regulated Market, its provisions of this chapter, the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules owners or its operator and the sound functioning of the Regulated Market, and of the exchange. in particular where such conflicts of interest might prove prejudicial to the 2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (c) of section 78f, the rules of the accomplishment of any functions delegated to the Regulated Market by the exchange provide that any registered broker or dealer or natural person competent authority; associated with a registered broker or dealer may become a member of such (b) to be adequately equipped to manage the risks to which it is exposed, to exchange and any person may become associated with a member thereof. implement appropriate arrangements and systems to identify all significant 3) The rules of the exchange assure a fair representation of its members in the risks to its operation, and to put in place effective measures to mitigate those selection of its directors and administration of its affairs and provide that one or risks; more directors shall be representative of issuers and investors and not be (c) to have arrangements for the sound management of the technical operations associated with a member of the exchange, broker, or dealer. of the system, including the establishment of effective contingency 4) The rules of the exchange provide for the equitable allocation of reasonable arrangements to cope with risks of systems disruptions; dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other (d) to have transparent and non-discretionary rules and procedures that provide persons using its facilities. for fair and orderly trading and establish objective criteria for the efficient 5) The rules of the exchange are designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative execution of orders; acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster (e) to have effective arrangements to facilitate the efficient and timely finalization cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, of the transactions executed under its systems; settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in (f) to have available, at the time of authorization and on an ongoing basis, securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and sufficient financial resources to facilitate its orderly functioning, having regard open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect to the nature and extent of the transactions concluded on the market and the investors and the public interest; and are not designed to permit unfair range and degree of the risks to which it is exposed. discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers, or to regulate by virtue of any authority conferred by this chapter matters not related to the purposes of this chapter or the administration of the exchange. 6) The rules of the exchange provide that (subject to any rule or order of the Commission pursuant to section 78q(d) or 78s(g)(2) of this title) its members and persons associated with its members shall be appropriately disciplined for violation of the provisions of this chapter, the rules or regulations European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments thereunder, or the rules of the exchange, by expulsion, suspension, limitation of activities, functions, and operations, fine, censure, being suspended or barred from being associated with a member, or any other fitting sanction. 7) The rules of the exchange are in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this section, and in general, provide a fair procedure for the disciplining of members and persons associated with members, the denial of membership to any person seeking membership therein, the barring of any person from becoming associated with a member thereof, and the prohibition or limitation by the exchange of any person with respect to access to services offered by the exchange or a member thereof. 8) The rules of the exchange do not impose any burden on competition not Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of this chapter. 9) The rules of the exchange prohibit the listing of any security issued in a limited partnership rollup transaction (as such term is defined in paragraphs (4) and (5) of section 78n(h)of the Securities Exchange Act), unless such transaction was conducted in accordance with procedures designed to protect the rights of limited partners, including ­ (a) the right of dissenting limited partners to one of the following: (1) an appraisal and compensation; (2) retention of a security under substantially the same terms and conditions as the original issue; (3) approval of the limited partnership rollup transaction by not less than 75 percent of the outstanding securities of each of the participating limited partnerships; (4) the use of a committee of limited partners that is independent, as determined in accordance with rules prescribed by the exchange, of the general partner or sponsor, that has been approved by a majority of the outstanding units of each of the participating limited partnerships, and that has such authority as is necessary 149 150 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments to protect the interest of limited partners, including the World Bank Working Paper authority to hire independent advisors, to negotiate with the general partner or sponsor on behalf of the limited partners, and to make a recommendation to the limited partners with respect to the proposed transaction; or (5) other comparable rights that are prescribed by rule by the exchange and that are designed to protect dissenting limited partners; b) the right not to have their voting power unfairly reduced or abridged c) the right not to bear an unfair portion of the costs of a proposed limited partnership rollup transaction that is rejected; and d) restrictions on the conversion of contingent interests or fees into non-contingent interests or fees and restrictions on the receipt of a non- contingent equity interest in exchange for fees for services which have not yet been provided. As used in this paragraph, the term "dissenting limited partner" means a person who, on the date on which soliciting material is mailed to investors, is a holder of a beneficial interest in a limited partnership that is the subject of a limited partnership rollup transaction, and who casts a vote against the transaction and complies with procedures established by the exchange, except that for purposes of an exchange or tender offer, such person shall file an objection in writing under the rules of the exchange during the period during which the offer is outstanding. x Admission of financial instruments to trading x Registration Requirements for Securities MiFID, Article 40 Sec. 12 of the Securities Exchange Act. European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 1. Member States shall require that Regulated Markets have clear and transparent (a) General requirement of registration rules regarding the admission of financial instruments to trading. Those rules It shall be unlawful for any member, broker, or dealer to effect any transaction in shall ensure that any financial instruments admitted to trading in a Regulated any security (other than an exempted security) on a national securities exchange Market are capable of being traded in a fair, orderly and efficient manner and, in unless a registration is effective as to such security for such exchange in the case of transferable securities, are freely negotiable. accordance with the provisions of this chapter and the rules and regulations 2. In the case of derivatives, the rules shall ensure in particular that the design of thereunder. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply in respect of a the derivative contract allows for its orderly pricing as well as for the existence of security futures product traded on a national securities exchange. effective settlement conditions. b) Procedure for registration; information 3. In addition to the obligations set out in paragraphs 1 and 2, Member States shall A security may be registered on a national securities exchange by the issuer filing require the Regulated Market to establish and maintain effective arrangements to an application with the exchange (and filing with the Commission such duplicate Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations verify that issuers of transferable securities that are admitted to trading on the originals thereof as the Commission may require), which application shall contain Regulated Market comply with their obligations under Community law in respect - of initial, ongoing or ad hoc disclosure obligations. Member States shall ensure 1) Such information, in such detail, as to the issuer and any person that the Regulated Market establishes arrangements which facilitate its members directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or or participants in obtaining access to information which has been made public indirect common control with, the issuer, and any guarantor of the under Community law. security as to principal or interest or both, as the Commission may 4. Member States shall ensure that Regulated Markets have established the by rules and regulations require, as necessary r appropriate in the necessary arrangements to review regularly the compliance with the admission public interest or for the protection of investors, in respect of the requirements of the financial instruments which they admit to trading. following: 5. A transferable security that has been admitted to trading on a Regulated Market a) the organization, financial structure, and nature of the can subsequently be admitted to trading on other Regulated Markets, even business; without the consent of the issuer and in compliance with the relevant provisions b) the terms, position, rights, and privileges of the different of Directive 2003/71/EC of on the prospectus to be published when securities are classes of securities outstanding; offered to the public or admitted to trading and amending Directive 2001/34/EC (1). The issuer shall be informed by the Regulated Market of the fact that its c) the terms on which their securities are to be, and during he securities are traded on that Regulated Market. The issuer shall not be subject to preceding three years have been, offered to the public or any obligation to provide information required under paragraph 3 directly to any otherwise; Regulated Market which has admitted the issuer's securities to trading without its d) the directors, officers, and underwriters, and each security consent. holder of record holding more than 10 per centum of any class of any equity security of the issuer (other than an 151 6. In order to ensure the uniform application of paragraphs 1 to 5, the Commission 152 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments shall, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 64(2) adopt exempted security), their remuneration and their interests in World Bank Working Paper implementing measures which: the securities of, and their material contracts with, the issuer (a) specify the characteristics of different classes of instruments to be and any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled taken into account by the Regulated Market when assessing by, or under direct or indirect common control with, he issuer; whether an instrument is issued in a manner consistent with the e) remuneration to others than directors and officers exceeding conditions laid down in the second subparagraph of paragraph 1 for $20,000 per annum; admission to trading on the different market segments which it f) bonus and profit-sharing arrangements; operates; g) management and service contracts; (b) clarify the arrangements that the Regulated Market is to implement h) options existing or to be created in respect of their securities; so as to be considered to have fulfilled its obligation to verify that the issuer of a transferable security complies with its obligations i) material contracts, not made in the ordinary course of under Community law in respect of initial, ongoing or ad hoc business, which are to be executed in whole or in part at or disclosure obligations; after the filing of the application or which were made not more than two years before such filing, and every material patent or (c) clarify the arrangements that the Regulated Market has to establish contract for a material patent right shall be deemed a material pursuant to paragraph 3 in order to facilitate its members or contract; participants in obtaining access to information which has been made public under the conditions established by Community law. j) balance sheets for not more than the three preceding fiscal years, certified if required by the rules and regulations of the Commission by a registered public accounting firm; k) profit and loss statements for not more than the three preceding fiscal years, certified if required by the rules and regulations of the Commission by a registered public accounting firm; and l) any further financial statements which the Commission may deem necessary or appropriate for the protection of investors. 2) Copies of articles of incorporation, bylaws, trust indentures, or corresponding documents, underwriting arrangements, and other similar documents of, and voting trust agreements with respect to, the issuer and any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments with, the issuer as the Commission may require as necessary or appropriate for the proper protection of investors and to insure fair dealing in the security. 3) Such copies of material contracts, referred to in paragraph 1) (I) above, as the Commission may require as necessary or appropriate for the proper protection of investors and to insure fair dealing in the security. c) Additional or alternative information If in the judgment of the Commission any information required under subsection (b) of this section is inapplicable to any specified class or classes of issuers, the Commission shall require in lieu thereof the submission of such other information of comparable character as it may deem applicable Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations to such class of issuers. d) Effective date of registration; withdrawal of registration If the exchange authorities certify to the Commission that the security has been approved by the exchange for listing and registration, the registration shall become effective thirty days after the receipt of such certification by the Commission or within shorter period of time as the Commission may determine. A security registered with a national securities exchange may be withdrawn or stricken from listing and registration in accordance with the rules of the exchange and, upon such terms as the Commission may deem necessary to impose for the protection of investors, upon application by the issuer or the exchange to the Commission; whereupon the issuer shall be relieved from further compliance with the provisions of this section and section 78m of this title and any rules or regulations under such sections as to the securities so withdrawn or stricken. An unissued security may be registered only in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Commission may prescribe as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors. (f) Unlisted trading privileges for security originally listed on another national 153 exchange 154 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 1)(a) Notwithstanding the preceding subsections of this section, any national World Bank Working Paper securities exchange, in accordance with the requirements of this subsection and the rules hereunder, may extend unlisted trading privileges to - (1) any security that is listed and registered on a national securities exchange, subject to subparagraph (b); and (2) any security that is otherwise registered pursuant to this section, or that would be required to be so registered except for the exemption from registration provided in subparagraph (b) or (g) of subsection (g)(2) of this section, subject to subparagraph (e) of this paragraph. x Suspension or Removal of Instruments from Trading x Trading Suspensions MiFID, level 1, Article 41 Section, Securities and Exchange Act 1. Without prejudice to the right of the competent authority under Article 50(2)(j) Authority of the Commission: and (k) to demand suspension or removal of an instrument from trading, the Trading suspensions; emergency authority operator of the Regulated Market may suspend or remove from trading a (1) Trading suspensions financial instrument which no longer complies with the rules of the Regulated Market unless such a step would be likely to cause significant damage to the If in its opinion the public interest and the protection of investors so require, the investors' interests or the orderly functioning of the market. Commission is authorized by order - Notwithstanding the possibility for the operators of Regulated Markets to (A) summarily to suspend trading in any security (other than an exempted security) inform directly the operators of other Regulated Markets, Member States shall for a period not exceeding 10 business days, and require that an operator of a Regulated Market that suspends or removes from (B) summarily to suspend all trading on any national securities exchange or trading a financial instrument make public this decision and communicates otherwise, in securities other than exempted securities, for a period not exceeding relevant information to the competent authority. The competent authority shall 90 calendar days. inform the competent authorities of the other Member States. 2. A competent authority which demands the suspension or removal of a financial For exchanges: see the organizational requirements for national exchanges which instrument from trading on one or more Regulated Markets shall immediately European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments make public its decision and inform the competent authorities of the other provide for the enforcement power for the exchanges. Member States. Except where it could cause significant damage to the investors' interests or the orderly functioning of the market the competent authorities of the other Member States shall demand the suspension or removal of that financial instrument from trading on the Regulated Markets and MTFs that operate under their authority. x Access to Regulated Markets x Access to Exchanges MiFID Article 42 See organizational requirements for National Exchanges. 1. Member States shall require the Regulated Market to establish and maintain Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations transparent and non-discriminatory rules, based on objective criteria, governing access to or membership of the Regulated Market. 2. Those rules shall specify any obligations for the members or participants arising from: (a) the constitution and administration of the Regulated Market; (b) rules relating to transactions on the market; (c) professional standards imposed on the staff of the investment firms or credit institutions that are operating on the market; (d) the conditions established, for members or participants other than investment firms and credit institutions, under paragraph 3; (e) the rules and procedures for the clearing and settlement of transactions concluded on the Regulated Market. 3. Regulated Markets may admit as members or participants investment firms, credit institutions authorized under Directive 2000/12/EC and other persons who: 155 156 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (a) are fit and proper; World Bank Working Paper (b) have a sufficient level of trading ability and competence; (c) have, where applicable, adequate organizational arrangements; (d) have sufficient resources for the role they are to perform, taking into account the different financial arrangements that the Regulated Market may have established in order to guarantee the adequate settlement of transactions. 4. Member States shall ensure that, for the transactions concluded on a Regulated Market, members and participants are not obliged to apply to each other the obligations laid down in Articles 19, 21 and 22. However, the members or participants of the Regulated Market shall apply the obligations provided for in Articles 19, 21 and 22 (conduct of business rules) with respect to their clients when they, acting on behalf of their clients, execute their orders on a Regulated Market. 5. Member States shall ensure that the rules on access to or membership of the Regulated Market provide for the direct or remote participation of investment firms and credit institutions. 6. Member States shall, without further legal or administrative requirements, allow Regulated Markets from other Member States to provide appropriate arrangements on their territory so as to facilitate access to and trading on those markets by remote members or participants established in their territory. The Regulated Market shall communicate to the competent authority of its home Member State the Member State in which it intends to provide such arrangements. The competent authority of the home Member State shall communicate, within one month, this information to the Member State in which the Regulated Market intends to provide such arrangements. The competent authority of the home Member State of the Regulated Market shall, on the request of the competent authority of the host Member State and within a reasonable time, communicate the identity of the members or participants of European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments the Regulated Market established in that Member State. 7. Member States shall require the operator of the Regulated Market to communicate, on a regular basis, the list of the members and participants of the Regulated Market to the competent authority of the Regulated Market. x Reporting irregularities and non-compliance in trading x Reporting irregularities and non-compliance in trading MiFID, Article 43 Monitoring of compliance with the rules of the Regulated Market See organizational requirements for Regulated Markets. and with other legal obligations 1. Member States shall require that Regulated Markets establish and maintain effective arrangements and procedures for the regular monitoring of the Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations compliance by their members or participants with their rules. Regulated Markets shall monitor the transactions undertaken by their members or participants under their systems in order to identify breaches of those rules, disorderly trading conditions or conduct that may involve market abuse. 2. Member States shall require the operators of the Regulated Markets to report significant breaches of their rules or disorderly trading conditions or conduct that may involve market abuse to the competent authority of the Regulated Market. Member States shall also require the operator of the Regulated Market to supply the relevant information without delay to the authority competent for the investigation and prosecution of market abuse on the Regulated Market and to provide full assistance to the latter in investigating and prosecuting market abuse occurring on or through the systems of the Regulated Market. x Pre-trade Transparency requirements for Regulated Markets x Pre-trade Transparency requirements for exchanges MiFID (level 1) Article 44 Rule 602 -- Dissemination of Quotations in NMS Securities 1. Member States shall, at least, require Regulated Markets to make public a. Dissemination requirements for national securities exchanges and national securities current bid and offer prices and the depth of trading interests at those prices associations 157 which are advertised through their systems for shares admitted to trading. 158 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Member States shall require this information to be made available to the public 1. Every national securities exchange and national securities association shall World Bank Working Paper on reasonable commercial terms and on a continuous basis during normal establish and maintain procedures and mechanisms for collecting bids, offers, trading hours. quotation sizes, and aggregate quotation sizes from responsible brokers or dealers who are members of such exchange or association, processing such Regulated Markets may give access, on reasonable commercial terms and on bids, offers, and sizes, and making such bids, offers, and sizes available to a non-discriminatory basis, to the arrangements they employ for making public vendors, as follows: the information under the first subparagraph to investment firms which are x Each national securities exchange shall at all times such exchange is obliged to publish their quotes in shares pursuant to Article 27. open for trading, collect, process, and make available to vendors the 2. Member States shall provide that the competent authorities are to be able to best bid, the best offer, and aggregate quotation sizes for each waive the obligation for Regulated Markets to make public the information subject security listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges referred to in paragraph 1 based on the market model or the type and size of which is communicated on any national securities exchange by any orders in the cases defined in accordance with paragraph 3. In particular, the responsible broker or dealer, but shall not include: competent authorities shall be able to waive the obligation in respect of (1) Any bid or offer executed immediately after communication and any transactions that are large in scale compared with normal market size for the bid or offer communicated by a responsible broker or dealer other share or type of share in question. than an exchange market maker which is cancelled or withdrawn if 3. In order to ensure the uniform application of paragraphs 1 and 2, the not executed immediately after communication; and Commission shall, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 64(2) (2) Any bid or offer communicated during a period when trading in that adopt implementing measures as regards: security has been suspended or halted, or prior to the x the range of bid and offers or designated market maker quotes, and commencement of trading in that security on any trading day, on the depth of trading interest at those prices, to be made public; that exchange. x the size or type of orders for which pre trade disclosure may be x Each national securities association shall, at all times that last sale information with respect to NMS securities is reported pursuant to an waived under paragraph 2; effective transaction reporting plan, collect, process, and make available x the market model for which pre-trade disclosure may be waived to vendors the best bid, best offer, and quotation sizes communicated under paragraph 2, and in particular, the applicability of the otherwise than on an exchange by each member of such association obligation to trading methods operated by Regulated Markets which acting in the capacity of an OTC market maker for each subject security conclude transactions under their rules by reference to prices and the identity of that member (excluding any bid or offer executed established outside the Regulated Market or by periodic auction. immediately after communication), except during any period when over- the-counter trading in that security has been suspended. 1. Each national securities exchange shall, with respect to each published bid and published offer representing a bid or offer of a member for a subject European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments security, establish and maintain procedures for ascertaining and disclosing to other members of that exchange, upon presentation of orders sought to be executed by them in reliance upon paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the identity of the responsible broker or dealer who made such bid or offer and the quotation size associated with it. 2. x If, at any time a national securities exchange is open for trading, such exchange determines, pursuant to rules approved by the Commission pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act, that the level of trading activities or the existence of unusual market conditions is such that the exchange is incapable of collecting, processing, and Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations making available to vendors the data for a subject security required to be made available pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this section in a manner that accurately reflects the current state of the market on such exchange, such exchange shall immediately notify all specified persons of that determination. Upon such notification, responsible brokers or dealers that are members of that exchange shall be relieved of their obligation under paragraphs (b)(2) and (c)(3) of this section and such exchange shall be relieved of its obligations under paragraphs 1 and 2 of this section for that security; provided, however, that such exchange will continue, to the maximum extent practicable under the circumstances, to collect, process, and make available to vendors data for that security in accordance with paragraph 1 of this section. x During any period a national securities exchange, or any responsible broker or dealer that is a member of that exchange, is relieved of any obligation imposed by this section for any subject security by virtue of a notification made pursuant to paragraph 3(1) of this section, such exchange shall monitor the activity or conditions which formed the basis for such notification and shall immediately renotify all specified persons when that exchange is 159 160 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments once again capable of collecting, processing, and making available World Bank Working Paper to vendors the data for that security required to be made available pursuant to paragraph 1 of this section in a manner that accurately reflects the current state of the market on such exchange. Upon such renotification, any exchange or responsible broker or dealer which had been relieved of any obligation imposed by this section as a consequence of the prior notification shall again be subject to such obligation. 4. Nothing in this section shall preclude any national securities exchange or national securities association from making available to vendors indications of interest or bids and offers for a subject security at any time such exchange or association is not required to do so pursuant to paragraph 1 of this section. 5. x Any national securities exchange may make an election for purposes of the definition of subject security in Rule 242.600(b)(73) for any NMS security, by collecting, processing, and making available bids, offers, quotation sizes, and aggregate quotation sizes in that security; except that for any NMS security previously listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on only one exchange and not traded by any OTC market maker, such election shall be made by notifying all specified persons, and shall be effective at the opening of trading on the business day following notification. x Any member of a national securities association acting in the capacity of an OTC market maker may make an election for purposes of the definition of subject security in Rule 242.600(b)(73) for any NMS security, by communicating to its association bids, offers, and quotation sizes in that security; except that for any other NMS security listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on only one exchange and not traded by any other OTC market maker, such election shall be made by notifying its association and all European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments specified persons, and shall be effective at the opening of trading on the business day following notification. x The election of a national securities exchange or member of a national securities association for any NMS security pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall cease to be in effect if such exchange or member ceases to make available or communicate bids, offers, and quotation sizes in such security. x Post-trade transparency requirements for Regulated Markets x Post-trade transparency requirements for exchanges MiFID Article 45 Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations 1. Member States shall, at least, require Regulated Markets to make public the NMS Regulation rule 601, FINRA reporting rules and consolidated tape associations price, volume and time of the transactions executed in respect of shares plans. admitted to trading. Member States shall require details of all such See the post-trade transparency requirements for brokers&dealers. transactions to be made public, on a reasonable commercial basis and as close to real-time as possible. Regulated Markets may give access, on reasonable commercial terms and on a non-discriminatory basis, to the arrangements they employ for making public the information under the first subparagraph to investment firms which are obliged to publish the details of their transactions in shares pursuant to Article 28. 2. Member States shall provide that the competent authority may authorise Regulated Markets to provide for deferred publication of the details of transactions based on their type or size. In particular, the competent authorities may authorise the deferred publication in respect of transactions that are large in scale compared with the normal market size for that share or that class of shares. Member States shall require Regulated Markets to obtain the competent authority's prior approval of proposed arrangements for deferred trade-publication, and shall require that these arrangements be clearly disclosed to market participants and the investing public. 161 162 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments 3. In order to provide for the efficient and orderly functioning of financial markets, World Bank Working Paper and to ensure the uniform application of paragraphs 1 and 2, the Commission shall, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 64(2) adopt implementing measures in respect of: (a) the scope and content of the information to be made available to the public; (b) the conditions under which a Regulated Market may provide for deferred publication of trades and the criteria to be applied when deciding the transactions for which, due to their size or the type of share involved, deferred publication is allowed. Relevant provision from implementing regulation, MiFID level 2, Article 18 Waivers based on market model and type of order or transaction 3. Waivers in accordance with Article 29(2) (MTFs) and 44(2) (RMs) of Directive 2004/39/EC may be granted by the competent authorities for systems operated by an MTF or a Regulated Market, if those systems satisfy one of the following criteria: (a) they must be based on a trading methodology by which the price is determined in accordance with a reference price generated by another system, where that reference price is widely published and is regarded generally by market participants as a reliable reference price; (b) they formalise negotiated transactions, each of which meets one of the following criteria: (i) it is made at or within the current volume weighted spread reflected on the order book or the quotes of the market makers of the Regulated Market or MTF operating that system or, where the share is not traded continuously, within a percentage of a suitable reference European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments price, being a percentage and a reference price set in advance by the system operator; (ii) it is subject to conditions other than the current market price of the share. For the purposes of point (b), the other conditions specified in the rules of the Regulated Market or MTF for a transaction of this kind must also have been fulfilled. In the case of systems having functionality other than as described in points (a) or (b), the waiver shall not apply to that other functionality. 4. Waivers in accordance with Articles 29(2) and 44(2) of Directive 2004/39/EC based on the type of orders may be granted only in relation to orders held in Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations an order management facility maintained by the Regulated Market or the MTF pending their being disclosed to the market. Article 20 Waivers in relation to transactions which are large in scale An order shall be considered to be large in scale compared with normal market size if it is equal to or larger than the minimum size of order specified in Table 2 in Annex II of Directive. For the purposes of determining whether an order is large in scale compared to normal market size, all shares admitted to trading on a Regulated Market shall be classified in accordance with their average daily turnover, which shall be calculated in accordance with the procedure set out in Article 33. x Designation of Competent Authorities x Designation of SEC and SROs MiFID Article 48 Section 4 of Securities exchange Act 1. Each Member State shall designate the competent authorities which are to carry out Securities and Exchange Commission, Self-Regulatory Organizations (put here rules on each of the duties provided for under the different provisions of this Directive. SROs) Member States shall inform the Commission and the competent authorities of other 163 164 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments Member States of the identity of the competent authorities responsible for World Bank Working Paper enforcement of each of those duties, and of any division of those duties. Securities and Exchange Commission 2. The competent authorities referred to in paragraph 1 shall be public authorities, without prejudice to the possibility of delegating tasks to other entities where that is (a) Establishment; composition; limitations on commissioners; terms of expressly provided for in Articles 5(5), 16(3), 17(2) and 23(4). Any delegation of office tasks to entities other than the authorities referred to in paragraph 1 may not involve either the exercise of public authority or the use of discretionary powers of There is hereby established a Securities and Exchange Commission judgment. Member States shall require that, prior to delegation, competent (hereinafter referred to as the "Commission") to be composed of five authorities take all reasonable steps to ensure that the entity to which tasks are to commissioners to be appointed by the President by and with the be delegated has the capacity and resources to effectively execute all tasks and that advice and consent of the Senate. Not more than three of such the delegation takes place only if a clearly defined and documented framework for commissioners shall be members of the same political party, and in the exercise of any delegated tasks has been established stating the tasks to be making appointments members of different political parties shall be undertaken and the conditions under which they are to be carried out. These appointed alternately as nearly as may be practicable. No conditions shall include a clause obliging the entity in question to act and be commissioner shall engage in any other business, vocation, or organised in such a manner as to avoid conflict of interest and so that information employment than that of serving as commissioner, nor shall any obtained from carrying out the delegated tasks is not used unfairly or to prevent commissioner participate, directly or indirectly, in any stock-market competition. In any case, the final responsibility for supervising compliance with this operations or transactions of a character subject to regulation by the Directive and with its implementing measures shall lie with the competent authority Commission pursuant to this chapter. Each commissioner shall hold or authorities designated in accordance with paragraph 1. Member States shall office for a term of five years and until his successor is appointed and inform the Commission and the competent authorities of other Member States of has qualified, except that he shall not so continue to serve beyond the any arrangements entered into with regard to delegation of tasks, including the expiration of the next session of Congress subsequent to the precise conditions regulating such delegation. expiration of said fixed term of office, and except (1) any commissioner appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term 3. The Commission shall publish a list of the competent authorities referred to in for which his predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the paragraphs 1 and 2 in the Official Journal of the European Union at least once a remainder of such term, and (2) the terms of office of the year and update it continuously on its website. commissioners first taking office after June 6, 1934, shall expire as designated by the President at the time of nomination, one at the end of one year, one at the end of two years, one at the end of three years, one at the end of four years, and one at the end of five years, after June 6, 1934. (b) Appointment and compensation of staff and leasing authority European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (1) Appointment and compensation The Commission shall appoint and compensate officers, attorneys, economists, examiners, and other employees in accordance with section 4802 of title 5. (3) Reporting of information In establishing and adjusting schedules of compensation and benefits for officers, attorneys, economists, examiners, and other employees of the Commission under applicable provisions of law, the Commission shall inform the heads of the agencies referred to under section 1833b of title 12 and Congress of such compensation and benefits and shall seek to maintain comparability with such agencies regarding compensation and benefits. Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations (4) Leasing authority Nothwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commission is authorized to enter directly into leases for real property for office, meeting, storage, and such other space as is necessary to carry out its functions, and shall be exempt from any General Services Administration space management regulations or directives. (c) Acceptance of travel support for Commission activities from non-Federal sources; regulations Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in accordance with regulations which the Commission shall prescribe to prevent conflicts of interest, the Commission may accept payment and reimbursement, in cash or in kind, from non-Federal agencies, organizations, and individuals for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred by Commission members and employees in attending meetings and conferences concerning the functions or activities of the Commission. Any payment or reimbursement accepted shall be credited to the appropriated funds of the Commission. The amount of travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses for members and employees paid or reimbursed under this subsection may exceed per diem amounts 165 166 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments established in official travel regulations, but the Commission may include World Bank Working Paper in its regulations under this subsection a limitation on such amounts. (d) Acceptance of relocation expenses from former employers by professional fellows program participants Notwithstanding any other provision of law, former employers of participants in the Commission's professional fellows programs may pay such participants their actual expenses for relocation to Washington, District of Columbia, to facilitate their participation in such programs, and program participants may accept such payments. (e) Fee payments. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, whenever any fee is required to be paid to the Commission pursuant to any provision of the securities laws or any other law, the Commission may provide by rule that such fee shall be paid in a manner other than in cash and the Commission may also specify the time that such fee shall be determined and paid relative to the filing of any statement or document with the Commission. (f) Reimbursement of expenses for assisting foreign securities authorities. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commission may accept payment and reimbursement, in cash or in kind, from a foreign securities authority, or made on behalf of such authority, for necessary expenses incurred by the Commission, its members, and employees in carrying out any investigation pursuant to section 78u(a)(2) of this title or in providing any other assistance to a foreign securities authority. Any payment or reimbursement accepted shall be considered a reimbursement to the appropriated funds of the Commission. SROs. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), is the largest non- governmental regulator for all securities firms doing business in the United States. FINRA European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments oversees nearly 5,000 brokerage firms, about 173,000 branch offices and approximately 656,000 registered securities representatives. FINRA touches virtually every aspect of the securities business--from registering and educating industry participants to examining securities firms; writing rules; enforcing those rules and the federal securities laws; informing and educating the investing public; providing trade reporting and other industry utilities; and administering the largest dispute resolution forum for investors and registered firms. It also performs market regulation under contract for The NASDAQ Stock Market, the American Stock Exchange, the International Securities Exchange and the Chicago Climate Exchange. x Scope of power for CAs x Scope of power for regulators Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations MiFID, Article 50 1. Competent authorities shall be given all supervisory and investigatory powers Securities Exchange Act assigns important responsibilities to SEC. that are necessary for the exercise of their functions. Within the limits provided http://www.sec.gov/about/laws.shtml - With the Securities Exchange Act from 1934, for in their national legal frameworks they shall exercise such powers: Congress created the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Act empowers the SEC x directly; or with broad authority over all aspects of the securities industry. This includes the power to x in collaboration with other authorities; or register, regulate, and oversee brokerage firms, transfer agents, and clearing agencies as well as the nation's securities self regulatory organizations (SROs). x under their responsibility by delegation to entities to which tasks have been delegated according to Article 48(2); or For the scope of power of SROs please see the Paper (Part 1: Regulatory Framework and oversight) x by application to the competent judicial authorities. 2. The powers referred to in paragraph 1 shall be exercised in conformity with national law and shall include, at least, the rights to: x have access to any document in any form whatsoever and to receive a copy of it; x demand information from any person and if necessary to summon and question a person with a view to obtaining information; x carry out on-site inspections; x require existing telephone and existing data traffic records; 167 168 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments x require the cessation of any practice that is contrary to the provisions World Bank Working Paper adopted in the implementation of this Directive; x request the freezing and/or the sequestration of assets; x request temporary prohibition of professional activity; x require authorized investment firms and Regulated Markets' auditors to provide information; x adopt any type of measure to ensure that investment firms and Regulated Markets continue to comply with legal requirements; x require the suspension of trading in a financial instrument; x require the removal of a financial instrument from trading, whether on a Regulated Market or under other trading arrangements; x refer matters for criminal prosecution; x allow auditors or experts to carry out verifications or investigations. x Anti-Money Laundering x Anti-Money Laundering MiFID level 1, Article 25 NASD Rule 3011. Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program On or before April 24, 2002, each member shall develop and implement a written anti- Par. 2. Member States shall require investment firms to keep at the disposal of the money laundering program reasonably designed to achieve and monitor the member's competent authority, for at least five years, the relevant data relating to all transactions compliance with the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5311, et seq.), and in financial instruments which they have carried out, whether on own account or on the implementing regulations promulgated thereunder by the Department of the Treasury. behalf of a client. In the case of transactions carried out on behalf of clients, the Each member's anti-money laundering program must be approved, in writing, by a records shall contain all the information and details of the identity of the client, and the member of senior management. The anti-money laundering programs required by this information required under Council Directive 91/308/EEC of 10 June 1991 on Rule shall, at a minimum, prevention of the use of the financial system for the purpose of money laundering (2). (a) Establish and implement policies and procedures that can be reasonably expected to detect and cause the reporting of transactions required under 31 U.S.C. 5318(g) and the implementing regulations thereunder; (b) Establish and implement policies, procedures, and internal controls reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and the implementing regulations thereunder; European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (c) Provide for annual (on a calendar-year basis) independent testing for compliance to be conducted by member personnel or by a qualified outside party, unless the member does not execute transactions for customers or otherwise hold customer accounts or act as an introducing broker with respect to customer accounts (e.g., engages solely in proprietary trading or conducts business only with other broker-dealers), in which case such "independent testing" is required every two years (on a calendar-year basis); (d) Designate and identify to NASD (by name, title, mailing address, e-mail address, telephone number, and facsimile number) an individual or individuals responsible for implementing and monitoring the day-to-day operations and internal controls of the program (such individual or individuals must be an associated person of the member) and provide prompt notification to NASD Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations regarding any change in such designation(s); and (e) Provide ongoing training for appropriate personnel. CFR 103.178: Due diligence programs for private banking accounts. (a) In general. A covered financial institution shall maintain a due diligence program that includes policies, procedures, and controls that are reasonably designed to detect and report any known or suspected money laundering or suspicious activity conducted through or involving any private banking account that is established, maintained, administered, or managed in the United States by such financial institution. The due diligence program required by this section shall be a part of the anti-money laundering program otherwise required by this subpart. (b) Minimum requirements. The due diligence program required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be designed to ensure, at a minimum, that the financial institution takes reasonable steps to: (1) Ascertain the identity of all nominal and beneficial owners of a private banking account; (2) Ascertain whether any person identified under paragraph (b)(1) of this section is a 169 170 European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments x Directive 2005/60/EC of 26 October 2005 on the prevention of the use of the senior foreign political figure; World Bank Working Paper financial system for the purpose of money laundering and terrorist financing (3) Ascertain the source(s) of funds deposited into a private banking account and the purpose and expected use of the account; and (...) x Section 3, Article 13.4 (c) Special requirements for senior foreign political figures. (1) In the case of a private 4. In respect of transactions or business relationships with politically exposed persons banking account for which a senior foreign political figure is a nominal or beneficial owner, residing in another Member State or in a third country, Member States shall require those the due institutions diligence program required by paragraph (a) of this section shall include enhanced and persons covered by this Directive to: scrutiny of such account that is reasonably designed to detect and report transactions that may involve the (a) have appropriate risk-based procedures to determine whether the customer is a politically exposed person; proceeds of foreign corruption (b) have senior management approval for establishing business relationships with such customers; (c) take adequate measures to establish the source of wealth and source of funds that are CFR 103.175: Definitions involved in the business relationship or transaction; (d) conduct enhanced ongoing monitoring of the business relationship. (r) Senior foreign political figure. (1) The term senior foreign political figure means: (i) A current or former: x Directive 2006/70/EC of 1 August 2006 as regards the definition of "politically (A) Senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military, or judicial branches exposed person" of a foreign government (whether elected or not); x Article 2 Politically exposed persons (B) Senior official of a major foreign political party; or 1. For the purposes of Article 3(8) of Directive 2005/60/EC, `natural persons who are or (C) Senior executive of a foreign government-owned commercial enterprise; have been entrusted with prominent public functions' shall include the following: (ii) A corporation, business, or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, (a) heads of State, heads of government, ministers and deputy or assistant ministers; any such individual; (b) members of parliaments; (iii) An immediate family member of any such individual; and (c) members of supreme courts, of constitutional courts or of other high-level judicial (iv) A person who is widely and publicly known (or is actually known by the relevant bodies whose decisions are not subject to further appeal, except in exceptional covered financial institution) to be a close associate of such individual. circumstances; (2) For purposes of this definition: (d) members of courts of auditors or of the boards of central banks; (i) Senior official or executive means an individual with substantial authority over policy, European Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments U.S. Regulatory Framework for Financial Instruments (e) ambassadors, chargés d'affaires and high-ranking officers in the armed forces; operations, or the use of government-owned resources; and (ii) Immediate family member (f) members of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies of State-owned means spouses, parents, siblings, children and a spouse's parents and siblings. enterprises. None of the categories set out in points (a) to (f) of the first subparagraph shall be understood as covering middle ranking or more junior officials. The categories set out in points (a) to (e) of the first subparagraph shall, where applicable, include positions at Community and international level. 2. For the purposes of Article 3(8) of Directive 2005/60/EC, `immediate family members' shall include the following: (a) the spouse; (b) any partner considered by national law as equivalent to the spouse; Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations (c) the children and their spouses or partners; (d) the parents. 3. For the purposes of Article 3(8) of Directive 2005/60/EC, `persons known to be close associates' shall include the following: (a) any natural person who is known to have joint beneficial ownership of legal entities or legal arrangements, or any other close business relations, with a person referred to in paragraph 1 (b) any natural person who has sole beneficial ownership of a legal entity or legal arrangement which is known to have been set up for the benefit de facto of the person referred to in paragraph 1 171 References Biais, B., F. Declerck, J. Dow, R. Portes, and E L von Thadden. 2006. "European Corporate Bonds Market: Transparency, Liquidity Efficiency." Centre for Economic Policy Research, London. Black, Barbara. 2008. "Are Retail Investors Better Off Today?" University of Cincinnati Public Law Research Paper 07 34, January. Committee of European Securities Regulators, The (CESR). 2009. "Impact of MiFID on Equity Secondary Markets Functioning." 10 June. CESR, Paris. ------. 2009b. "Questions and Answers on MiFID." May. CESR, Paris. Clifford Chance, 2009. "US Regulatory Reform Would Impose Strict Limits on Investments and Activities of Systemically Significant Financial Firms." Client Memorandum, June. Clifford Chance US LLP. www.cliffordchance.com European Commission. 2009a. Communication on European Financial Supervision, COM (2009) 232, 27 May. ------. 2009b Communication on Ensuring Efficient, Safe and Sound Derivatives Markets, COM (2009) 332, 3 July. EC Directive 2003/6/EC of 28 January 2003 on insider dealing and market manipulation (market abuse). EC Directive 2003/71/EC of 4 November 2003 on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading. EC Directive 2004/109/EC of 15 December 2004 on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a Regulated Market. EC Directive 2006/48/EC of 14 June 2006 relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions. EC Directive 2006/49/EC of 14 June 2006 on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions. EC Directive 2004/39/EC of 21 April 2004 on markets in financial instruments. EC Directive 2006/73/EC of 10 August 2006 implementing directive 2004/39/EC of the European Parliament and the Council as regards organizational requirements and operating conditions for investment firms and defined terms for the purpose of that directive. Commission Regulation 1287/2006 of 10 August 2006 implementing directive 2004/39/EC as regards record keeping obligations for investment firms, transaction reporting, market transparency, admission of financial instruments to trading, and defined terms for the purpose of that directive. 172 173 World Bank Working Paper EC Directive 2007/44/EC of 5 September 2007 as regards procedural rules and evaluation criteria for the prudential assessment of acquisitions and increase of holdings in the financial sector. G20. 2009. Declaration on Strengthening the Financial System, London, 2 April. Krause Reinhardt. 2008. "Dark Pools Let Big Institutions Trade Quietly." Investors' Business Daily, November. O'Hare, Jennifer. 2007. "Retail Investor Remedies Under Rule 10b 5." Villanova Law/Public Policy Research Paper No. 2007 19, October. University of Cincinnati Law Review (forthcoming). Petrella, Giovanni. 2009. "MiFID, Reg NMS and Competition Across Trading Venues in Europe and United States." Milan Catholic University, January. Rosenblatt Securities. 2009. "Market Structure Analysis and Trading Strategy, Let There Be Light." Trading Talk: 2008 in Review (Special Issue), January 19. Securities and Exchange Act, 1934. Securities and Exchange Commission, Reg ATS, 1998. Washington, DC. ------. 1999. "On line Brokerage: Keeping Apace of Cyberspace." Washington, DC. ------. Reg NMS, 2004. Washington, DC. ------. 2005. "Order Granting Exemption to Liquidnet, Inc. from Certain Provisions of Regulation ATS under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934." September 27. Washington, DC. ------. 2007. Final Rules to Implement the Bank "Broker" Provisions of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act. Washington, DC. ------. 2008a. "Guide to Broker Dealer Registration." April. Washington, DC. ------. 2008b. Keynote Speech by Erik Sirri, Director, Division of Trading and Markets, at the SIFMA 2008 Dark Pools Symposium, February 1. ------. 2009. Remarks by the SEC Chairman at the IOSCO Technical Committee Conference, October 8. Statement by Senator Carl Levin before Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee. January 21, 2009. "Where Were the Watchdogs? The Financial Crisis and the Breakdown of Financial Governance." Washington, DC. Tabb Group. 2009. Liquidity Matrix. April. Westborough, MA. U.S. Treasury Department. 2009. "Financial Regulatory Reform: A New Foundation." 17 June. Washington, DC. Eco-Audit Environmental Benefits Statement The World Bank is committed to preserving Endangered Forests and natural resources. We print World Bank Working Papers and Country Studies on postconsumer recycled paper, processed chlorine free. The World Bank has formally agreed to follow the recommended standards for paper usage set by Green Press Initiative--a nonprofit program supporting publishers in using fiber that is not sourced from Endangered Forests. For more information, visit www.greenpressinitiative.org. In 2008, the printing of these books on recycled paper saved the following: Net Greenhouse Trees* Solid Waste Water Total Energy Gases 355 16,663 129,550 31,256 247 mil. *40 feet in height and Pounds CO2 6­8 inches in Pounds Gallons BTUs Equivalent diameter Comparing European and U.S. Securities Regulations is part of the World Bank Working Paper series. These papers are published to communicate the results of the Bank's ongoing research and to stimulate public discussion. This paper, aimed at professionals, scholars, and government officials in the field of securities regulations, compares the European (specifically the Market in Financial Instruments Directive--MiFID) and U.S. securities regulations. The analy- sis focuses on the regulatory and supervisory framework, trading venues, and the provision of investment services. We show that although there may be regional differences in the structure and rules of current securities regulation, the objec- tives and some outcomes of regulation are comparable. Similarly, as the current global financial and economic crisis exposed gaps in securities regulations worldwide, regulators in both regions face similar challenges. This study will be particularly useful for World Bank member countries that are looking at either the European or U.S. regulations when con- ducting market reforms. World Bank Working Papers are available individually or on standing order. This World Bank Working Paper series is also available by subscription to the World Bank e-Library (www.worldbank.org/newelibrary). ISBN 978-0-8213-8253-0 THE WORLD BANK 1818 H Street, NW Washington, DC 20433 USA Telephone: 202 473-1000 Internet: www.worldbank.org E-mail: feedback@worldbank.org SKU 18253